System for Numerically Rating Water Supply Systems


             SYSTEM FOR
        NUMERICALLY RATING
       WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
                HIT-540
             Prepared for the
          Water Supply Division
    Office of Air and Water Programs
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
            Washington, D. C.
         Contract No. 68-01-0193

             February 1973

                                Hittman Associates, Inc.

-------
  SYSTEM FOR NUMERICALLY RATING
        WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
          Jack Preston Overman
          Hittman Associates, Inc.
           Columbia, Maryland
                for the
          Water Supply Division
    Office of Air and Water Programs
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
           Washington, D. C.
         Contract No.  68-01-0193
              February 1973

-------
                          EPA Review Notice

This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection Agency
and approved for publication.   Approval does not signify that the con-
tents necessarily reflect the views and policies of the Environmental
Protection Agency, nor does mention of trade names or commercial
products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                   11

-------
                               ABSTRACT
                            /
A concept for numerically rating urban water supplies was developed and
its feasibility was demonstrated by applying the concept to an existing
water supply system.   The rating concept is based upon determining the
reliability of system equipment, the probability that the system furnishes
water meeting federal drinking water standards, the effect of equipment
failure on system water quality, and the relative ability of the system to
remove constituents from raw water that exceed the drinking water
standards.  The rating system concept is too complex in its present
form to be practical for general application in the field.  The concept
requires simplification and preparation of a manual for its application
in the field.  In developing a firm rating system, data should be analyzed
to determine the probable effects of component failure on water quality,
to develop a data bank of failure rate  data for components, to determine
and quantify effects of personnel skill levels on water quality, and to
determine the  effects of population, industrial environments, and legal
controls on the reliability of water  systems.
                                   111

-------
                          CONTENTS






Section                                                 Page



 I          CONCLUSIONS                               1



 II         RECOMMENDATIONS                         3



 III         INTRODUCTION                             - 5



 IV         RECOMMENDED RATING PROCEDURES       11



 V         RESULTS                                   25



 VI         DISCUSSION                                 35



 VII        ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS                      39



 VIII       REFERENCES                              41



 IX         BIBLIOGRAPHY                             43



 X         APPENDICES                               45

-------
                            FIGURES
1    Demonstration System Raw Water Source                19
    . Process Flow

2    Demonstration System Raw Water Treatment             20
     Process Flow

3    Demonstration System Distributed Water                22
     Process Flow
                               VI

-------
                             SECTION I
                            CONCLUSIONS

1.     A system for numerically rating urban water supply systems
      based on statistical evaluation techniques is feasible as demon-
      strated by this project. Because the system is too complex in its
      present form to be practical in the field, techniques such as com-
      puter adaptation are required to simplify the system application.

2.     The probability of exceeding the constituent limits of the Public
      Health Service Drinking Water Standards can be defined statis-
      tically based on water quality sample test results and the proba-
      bility of system failures.

3.     The susceptibility of a given water system to one-time occurrences
      of distributing hazardous water can be  predicted using reliability
      and failure mode effect analysis techniques.

4.     The normalized numerical rating which combines water system
      reliability, water quality analysis, failure effects,  and design
      adequacy on a zero to  100 scale can be considered to be directly
      correlated to the percentage probability that a given urban system
      will continuously supply water of acceptable quality.  A simplified
      rating may be obtained by evaluating the two areas of water quality
      and failure effects alone; however, this approach does not consi-
      der overall system reliability and design adequacy.

5.     The numerical rating system developed in this project .permits
      comparison of the results of evaluating unit process operation,
      subsystem,  and system and the identification of those items
      which influence the overall rating.   This feature also permits
      priorities to be assigned to corrective  actions to attain the
      highest return in water quality per dollar spent.

-------
6.    Further research and development work is required to refine the
      rating system in the areas of failure modes and effects; further
      data on reliability,  maintainability, and availability; interrelation-
      ship of personnel experience, training,  and certification to system
      performance; and the probability and consequences of  cross-
      connections.

-------
                              SECTION II
                         RECOMMENDATIONS

1.     The application of the rating system concept in the field should
      be refined and simplified using automatic data processing methods.
2.     A procedural type manual should be prepared to permit the urban
      water rating system to be generally implemented by governmental
      organizations and water  utility management.

3.     An experimental  program should be conducted to provide data on
      the removal efficiencies of the unit  processes used in water treat-
      ment under various operating conditions including possible failure
      modes.  Data should also be collected from operating systems to
      better define the  relationship between system failures and the
      quality of water.

4.     The data bank of  reliability,  maintainability, and availability infor-
      mation for components used  in water supply systems should be
      expanded and verified through the survey of more systems.  Suf-
      ficient data should be collected  to permit failure probabilities to
      be defined with respect to materials of construction,  age, main-
      tenance,  and personnel skills.

5.     A manual on the reliability and  maintainability aspects of water
      supply,  treatment, and distribution system design should be pre-
      pared to provide  guidance in the design  of new plants and modifi-
      cations of existing plants.

6.     In the surveys and inspections of water  supply systems, data
      should also be collected  for personnel skill levels,  experience,
      training, and certification.   An attempt  should be made to corre-
      late this information with the plant reliability and water quality
      data in order to establish a more concise method for rating the
      maintenance,operation,  and surveillance aspects of water supply
      systems.

-------
7.     Requirements for water quality surveillance samples should
      include criteria for sampling and analysis for constituents where
      circumstances could indicate their presence, for example,  par-
      ticular industries in the watershed, materials used in the distri-
      bution system, cross-connection potentials.  The number of
      samples to be taken should also be specified with criteria and
      methods for evaluating  the statistical significance of the results.

8.     Further work should be performed to better define the probability
      of industrial  and nonindustrial cross-connections and the possible
      severity of such occurrences to permit a more meaningful rating.

-------
                             SECTION III
                           INTRODUCTION

BACKGROUND
Over 1600 public water supply systems have been surveyed and evaluated
in recent years to determine acceptability when compared with U. S.
Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards.  In addition to pro-
viding constituent limits for bacteriological, chemical, physical,  and
radiological contaminants,  the standards require that the physical
facilities, the operation,  and  the surveillance provided by the appro-
priate regulatory agency  must be taken into consideration.   Several
guides had been developed to provide criteria for evaluating supplies
such as the "Manual for Evaluation of Public Water Supplies" and "A
Guide to the Interstate Carrier Water Supply Certification Program. "
The use of these guides required considerable judgement in interpreting
the relative effects of facilities, their operation,  and their surveillance
on the dependability of the overall water system.  It was concluded that
the feasibility of developing a concept for numerically rating water
supply systems should be established.  The concept should combine the
effects of all pertinent factors affecting water quality and determine the
significance of improvement of a particular segment of the total system
in terms of cost effectiveness and overall system improvement in
reliability.

PURPOSE
The purpose  is to determine the feasibility of developing a  rating system
for predicting the ability  of an urban water supply system to produce
water consistently meeting the constituent limits of the Federal Drinking
Water Standards.  The  standards used in the development are the 1962
U.S.  Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards.

-------
SCOPE
The scope of the effort involves the accomplishment of three major
tasks:
      1.    Define all physical, operational,  and surveillance com-
           ponents of urban water systems that have, or may have,
           an effect  on the ability of the total water supply system
           to produce water of a given quality.
      2.    Develop the concept of a numerical rating system that
           can  be used to combine the effect of all pertinent com-
           ponents and produce an indication of the ability of the
           water supply system to consistently produce water
           meeting the constituent limits of the Federal Drinking
           Water Standards.
      3.    Demonstrate the application of the rating system con-
           cept by rating  an existing  urban water supply system.

APPROACH
The technical approach to  developing the rating system utilizes  the
application of reliability and maintainability engineering techniques
to predict the capability of the water system to consistently produce
drinking water meeting the 1962 Public Health Service Drinking
Water Standards.  These techniques utilize statistical analysis methods
to determine probabilities of successful operation and of detecting
conditions outside of  recommended water constituent standards.  The
approach involved the accomplishment of the following efforts:
      1.    Define the effects of physical,  operational, and sur-
           veillance components on the quality of water supplied
           by preparing a failure modes and effects analysis which
           is a systematic method of defining possible types of
           failures and malfunctions, consequences and  severity
           of the consequences.  Develop matrices for use in
           evaluating water systems.

-------
2.     Develop block diagrams which show the dependency of
      each component and process or subsystem relative to the
      performance of the overall water supply system.  This
      includes water sources and  characteristics of the water-
      shed, the treatment system, the distribution system,
      and the associated process analytical procedures  and
      controls.  The block diagrams  show dependency of
      process and component operations in series and parallel
      networks.  Include methods and definitions  for develop-
      ing block diagrams for a specific system from the generalized
      models.  The block diagrams form the basis for mathe-
      matical models that numerically relate reliability of pro-
      cesses and components.  The numerical relationships
      serve to identify processes  and components critical to
      the operation of the system.
3.     Evaluate surveillance techniques and provide statistical
      analysis procedures for determining the probability of
      detecting conditions outside of the standards.   Considera-
      tions include number of samples taken, frequency, and
      variability  of analytical results.  Evaluate process con-
      trols in current water  systems for their capability to
      detect undesirable conditions prior to distribution of water.
4.     Develop component and process failure rates and  repair
      times from analysis of operation and maintenance data.
      Collect the operation and maintenance data  from existing
      records in  water  systems and other data bank sources.
      Prepare procedures for applying failure rate and  repair
      time to the models to determine system  reliability and main-
      tainability.  The system reliability and maintainability gives
      a quantitative measure of the systems ability to operate
      trouble-free.

-------
5.
            Develop a procedure for subjectively rating the quality
            of maintenance and operation of a system.  Considera-
            tions include training,  instruction, records, experience,
            and schedules.
6.
            Develop procedures to use the reliability prediction models
            and analysis techniques to evaluate and rate the availability
            and consequences of failure of the urban water supply
            system.
A detailed and a composite rating system is derived.  The system is also
useful for identifying items in order of priority that would improve the
probability of reliably producing water of acceptable quality.  The de-
tailed and composite rating procedures are given in Appendices A
through I.  The survey and analysis procedures generally contain  the
following:
      1.     Check-off lists are furnished to define the conditions in
            the  watershed, treatment, and distribution that adversely
            affect the quality of the water.
      2.     Matrices for tracing the operational processes of the
            specific water supply system are furnished for modeling
            plant reliability.
      3.     In addition to survey sheets for evaluating maintenance
            and operation, definitions  and analytical formulas are
            furnished for evaluating water system data on the number
            and type  of failures, corrective maintenance,  and preven-
            tive maintenance.
      4.     Tables of mean time to failures and mean time to repair
            for  water system components are furnished for determining
            reliability.
      5.     The water quality and design adequacy of treatment is  rated
            by its constituent removal effectiveness and ability to meet
            standards for water quality.  Failure modes and effects for

-------
various components,  processes, and operations are
included for reference.
Summary data sheets are furnished for presenting de-
tailed and composite rating results.
An example rating of an existing water supply system
is provided for guidance in preparing other ratings.  The
example is the result of testing the rating system concept
on an existing water supply system to demonstrate
feasibility and test the approach.  The demonstration showed
the  concept to be feasible but complex and impractical for
general application in the field.  Changes have been made to
the  rating concept which were the direct result of testing the
system and finding areas requiring modification.

-------
                             SECTION IV
              RECOMMENDED RATING PROCEDURES

RATING SYSTEM CONCEPT
Two primary study areas were pursued in developing the rating system
concept:  (1)  Reliability of the system and (2) probability of meeting
the constituent limits of federal water quality standards.  Two secondary
study areas evolved from the primaries as part of the rating system
concept:  (3) probable effect on the water system of unit process opera-
tion failure and  (4) the design adequacy of the system.  The four rating
areas were considered most important as a result of performing a failure
modes and effects analysis which defines physical,  operational, and sur-
veillance components that  have effects on the water quality (Appendix I).
The four rating  areas are  defined below in general terms and are ex-
plained in greater detail in subsequent paragraphs and the appendices.
      1.    Water System Reliability - The probability that the water
            system will perform its intended design function without
            failure as required on a continuous basis.
      2.    Water Quality Analysis - The probability, based on
            historical records, that the  distributed water meets
            the constituent limits of the  drinking water  standard.
      3.    Failure Effects Analysis - An analysis of the probable
            effect of failure of unit operations or subsystems on the
            quality of distributed water.
      4.    Design Adequacy - The designed ability of the water
            system measured as a relative value of the probability
            of distributed water meeting the constituent limits of
            the drinking water standard  in relation to the probability
            of the raw water source exceeding the constituent limits.
Statistical data are evaluated and used with models and techniques to pro-
vide quantitative results for water system reliability, water quality, and
design adequacy analyses.  Subjective and quantitative evaluations are
                                   11

-------
used in the failure effects analysis.  An averaging procedure is used to
combine the four areas into a single  composite rating.  Water  systems
were subdivided into subsystems and unit operations to facilitate an
organized approach to system modeling and analysis.  The subsystem
structure and identification numbers are:
      11    Obtain raw water
      12    Treat raw water
      13    Distribute treated water
      14    Provide water quality surveillance
      15    Provide services
The subsystems are subdivided into functions,  subfunctions,  and unit
operations having identifying numbers beginning with the subsystem
number.   The subsystem matrices are shown  in Appendices C,  D,  E,
F, and G for each subsystem.

WATER SYSTEM RELIABILITY
Reliability in a water system is the probability that it is satisfactorily
performing its intended design function as required on a continuous
basis.  The evaluation of system reliability requires modeling and
following the procedural steps  described in Appendix A. Separate  reli-
bility models are used to evaluate and develop ratings  for each subsystem.
For each subsystem, a structure and matrix (see Appendices, Figures C-l,
D-l, E-l,  F-l, andG-1), unit  operation reliability  (Table A-1) sheets,
and subsystem reliability (Table A-2) sheets are prepared.  Component
reliability  data compiled on Table A-2  is then  used to calculate the re-
liability of the subsystems.  The system rating is obtained as the ratio
of the actual estimated system reliability to the highest possible
evaluated reliability.  The reliability rating computations are included
for the demonstration system in Appendices C, D, E,  F,  and G.
                                  12

-------
WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS
The water quality analysis measures the probability that a water supply
system is furnishing water meeting the drinking water standards.  The
evaluation procedures are given in Appendix B.  Water sample test data
are statistically analyzed to determine the probability of exceeding the
drinking water standards for bacteriological, chemical,  physical,  and
radiological constituents.  The probabilities are weighted for each con-
stituent grouping based on the failure effects analysis.  The average of
the weighted probabilities is the water quality  surveillance rating for
the water system.  The procedures are illustrated for the demonstra-
tion system in Appendices C,  D,  E,  F, and G.

FAILURE EFFECTS ANALYSIS
A failure modes and  effects analysis was prepared for each unit opera-
tion to define physical, operational,  and surveillance components that
have, or may have, an effect on the  ability of the water supply system to
meet  drinking water  standards.   In formal reliability evaluations where
failure  mode  and effect data are collected, the reliability modeling and
analysis consider only the occurrence of failure modes that have detri-
mental  effects on the satisfactory performance of the system.  Unit
operation failure modes could not be  correlated with effects on water
quality  using the component reliability data available from the water
systems studied; therefore, a rating  of weighted probable effects was
developed for use with the reliability analysis to obtain a failure  effect
rating.   The failure effect rating is a relative  effect for each  operation
which assigns higher weight to critical operations (those having highest
effect on system) and less weight to less critical operations.  The
failure  effects analysis and rating combines  the probable effect of unit
operation failure on the system with the  reliability of the unit operation;
this rates the probability that  the effect will  not occur.  Table A-5 of
Appendix A illustrates the computation of the failure effect rating for
operations; the table is filled in for the demonstration system.
                                   13

-------
DESIGN ADEQUACY
The design adequacy rating is a comparison of raw to treated to distri-
buted water to note relative improvement in water quality.  Design
adequacy is the ability to remove constituents from raw water in order
to obtain water meeting drinking water standards.  The procedures are
given in Appendix B.  The weighted probability of exceeding the  drinking
water standards is  calculated for the raw water source, the treated water,
and the distributed  water.  The design adequacy is calculated by compar-
ing:
      1.    Treated water with raw water for design adequacy of
           the treatment subsystem
      2.    Distributed water with  treated water for design ade-
           quacy of the distribution subsystem
      3.    Distributed water with  raw water for design adequacy
           of the water supply system
The procedures are illustrated for the demonstration system in  Appendix
B.

COMPOSITE RATING
The composite rating is an average of four ratings: water system re-
liability, water quality  analysis, failure effects analysis,  and design
adequacy.  The resultant rating is  a score between 0 and 100, with
100 being the highest attainable score. Relative ratings for subsystems,
operations,  and components with respect to the system rating is a
measure of subsystem, operation,  and component criticality to the
ability of the water supply system to meet the constituent limits of the
drinking water standards.  The procedures for calculating the system
rating and methods for  identifying critical areas in the water system  are
given in Appendix H.  Critical areas are those operations which are
primarily responsible for low rating results.
                                  14

-------
The demonstration system composite rating is given in Appendix H.
Calculation of critical subsystems, operations, and components criti-
cal to reliability are given in Appendix H.   Criticality with respect to
failure effects,  water quality, and design adequacy are given in the
results,  Section V.
A simplified system composite rating may be obtained by only averaging
the water quality analysis rating and the failure effects rating.  The re-
sult would not include a rating of overall system reliability and design
adequacy; however, reliability is incorporated in evaluating failure
effects of unit operations and distributed water quality is measured in
the water quality analysis. The simplified rating would have some
measures of reliability  and design adequacy even though overall system
reliability and design adequacy would be excluded. Exclusion of overall
system reliability would leave out the rating of probability of system
failure.  Exclusion  of system design adequacy would leave out a relative
measure of the  ability of the  system to treat and distribute quality water
relative to raw  water source quality.

WATER SYSTEM SURVEY
The evaluation of a  public drinking water supply  appraises the water
source and subsequent treatment, distribution,  and storage with respect
to bacteriological,  chemical,  physical, and radiological constituents of
the water and evaluates system operation, surveillance, and control.
Its purpose is to obtain  the information required to evaluate the ability
of the water supply  system to consistently furnish water meeting the
Federal Drinking Water Standards.  The survey  involves determining
the character of the raw water,  raw water quality, required treatment,
reliability of the treatment process, distribution of water,  reliability of
the distribution system, the distributed water  quality, and design ade-
quacy of the system.  The survey  involves a visit to the system and  a
complete survey of  the entire system, that is, from source to consumer.
This survey is performed to  model system processes for reliability pre-
diction and to determine if potential hazards to water quality exist such
as cross-connections,  common walls, source  contamination, and any
other possible contamination of finished and distributed water.  The
   Superscripts identify references on page 41.
                                 15

-------
survey also considers the ability of the system to furnish sufficient
quantity to meet system demand for water.  The completed survey
contains an evaluation and rating of the following basic data.
      1.     A review of office records and system management
            and planning to obtain data for:
            (a)   Bacterial records for  12 months and chemical
                 records on water from the source, the treat-
                 ment plant,  and the distribution system
            (b)   Operating records showing present capacity,
                 water demands,  and production to meet demands
            (c)   Special reports  and studies showing anticipated
                 future demands.
            (d)   State and local regulations and plumbing codes
                 pertaining to water  systems
      2.     A sanitary  survey of the entire system to provide data
            including:
            (a)   Physical features of the water system including
                 adequacy of supply, treatment processes and
                 equipment, storage facilities, and delivery
                 capabilities
            (b)   Management  and operation methods and of
                 the training,  experience, and capabilities
                 of personnel
            (c)   Treatment plant  and supporting laboratory equip-
                 ment and procedures including the qualification of
                 the laboratory personnel
After performing the survey, the results of the examination  are quanti-
fied to provide a numerical rating  of the ability of the system to con-
sistently produce water meeting the Federal Drinking Water Standards.
The standards used in the program are the "Public  Health Service
Drinking Water Standards,  Revised 1962, "2 These standards set forth
recommended and mandatory constituent limits and criteria for water
supply systems operation, maintenance,  and health survey.  The quanti-
tative standards are included in the rating system.
                                16

-------
The survey portion of the rating system is divided into five parts which
correspond to the subsystem structure which was developed in this
project for water supply systems.  The five parts are:
      11    Obtain raw water
      12    Treat raw water
      13    Distribute treated water
      14    Provide water quality surveillance
      15    Provide services
The data collected for each of the subsystems is described in the
following paragraphs and Appendices C, D, E, F,  and G.  The pro-
cedures for surveying and rating a water system were tested and
demonstrated on a water supply system that serves a city of 24, 000
people, and the procedures and forms in the appendices include this
information to illustrate the use of the  system.

Obtain Raw Water, Subsystem 11.  The raw water source subsystem
includes the source  and  all equipment used to obtain and convey the
water to treatment (or to distribution if no treatment  is performed).
The source or sources used for obtaining water are surveyed to deter-
mine the reliability  and  adequacy of the source to meet quality require-
ments and to meet demand. The quality of the raw water  dictates the
required treatment processes to insure a safe drinking water is pro-
vided to consumers.  The yield of the source determines the ability to
satisfy demands.  Detailed survey  considerations and procedures  involve
determining: (1) minimum safe daily drought period yield,  (2) demand
over past five years, (3) estimated demand five years into the future,
(4) the reliability of the  sources and  intake, and (5) the probability of
exceeding the constituent limits of the DWS in the source.  Source
failure modes are given in Appendix  I in the failure modes and effects
analysis for subsystem 11.
                                  17

-------
The demonstration system has four sources: a mountain impoundment,
mountain stream,  river source,  and a creek.  The mountain sources
flow by gravity to the city and have partially controlled watersheds in
that the city owns the watershed but allows public access to the water-
shed.   The river and creek sources are located in the valley, are sub-
ject to farm and dairy pollution,  and have intakes and pumps to convey
the water to treatment.  The creek source also utilizes a 10 million
gallon raw water reservoir for use as a source during heavy demand
periods and when turbidity in the creek becomes excessive and  creates
treatment problems.  A process  flow diagram for the source is shown
in Figure 1.  The results of the survey, modeling, and raw water quality
evaluation are given in Appendix  C.

Treat Raw Water, Subsystem. 12.  Treatment of water includes all
chemical and physical processes required to prepare water for consump-
tion by the public.  Processes vary from simple disinfection for high
quality sources (less than 100 coliform/100 m ) to complete conventional
treatment for less desirable sources  involving pre sediment at ion, pre-
disinfection, coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation, filtration,
and post disinfection.  The treatment subsystem includes the  necessary
operations and components to reliably remove constituents which exceed
the drinking water standards and to treat sufficient water to meet the
consumer demands.  Appendix B includes the checklist, subsystem struc-
ture,  and failure modes and effects analysis for surveying and modeling
the water treatment subsystem.
The demonstration system process flow diagram for raw water treat-
ment is shown in Figure 2.  The  gravity-fed mountain sources are
chlorinated, fluoridated, ammoniated,  and treated with lime (lime to
maintain proper pH).  The river  and creek sources receive complete
conventional treatment.  At the time of the survey, water was being
distributed following treatment at the following flows:
      Mountain sources          0. 6 MGD
      River source              1. 0 MGD
      Creek source              2. 0 MGD
                                  18

-------
                Mountain Sources
             Stream    Impoundment

            0. 1 MGD     0.5 MGD

              (drought period yield)
                  Gravity Feed
                 to Treatment

                   0. 6 MGD
CD
                I  To Treatment |
 River Source

    10 MGD


(drought period)
     Pump
  to Treatment

    2 MGD
 To Treatment  |
      Creek Source

          2 MGD


      (drought period)
 Pump to
Treatment

  3.5 MGD
Pump to
Storage
                                                                                            Raw Water-
                                                                                           Impound ment

                                                                                            10 million
                                                                                            gallons
     [ To Treatment |
                                      Total drought source yield  = 12.6 MGD
                        NOTE:  In an emergency, a special connection can be made to a
                        nearby military installation to obtain about 2 MGD of treated water
                        from the river source.  This is not included since the pipe connec-
                        tion was not installed because it is an emergency source, cannot be
                        simply turned on,  and is not a part of the continuous supply.
                         Figure 1.  Demonstration System Raw Water Source Process Flow

-------
Mountain Source
0.6 MGD
River Source
1 . 0 MGD

Creek
2.0
1 1
Coarse Screening
Coarse Screening
if
Ammoniation

Source
MGD
i
Coarse Screening

Carbon Addition
( •
Chlorination
I
Prechlorination
I 1
Fluoridation
Alum Feed
.if
0. 6 MGD
to
Distribution



Nalco Feed
1
Rapid Mix
1
Coagulate &
Flocculate
j
I
Sedimentation


Filtration
i
f
Post Chlorination
I
Fluoridation
i

Lime pH Control
i

1 . 0 MGD to
Distribution
(Capacity-2.0 MGD)


Carbon

I
Addition
!
Alum Feed

i
Lime Feed


Rapid Mix
.
-
Prechlorination
•
<
Coagulate &
Flocculate

•
Sedimentation
i

Filtration
1
1
Post Chlorination
i
'
Fluoridation
i
'
Lime pH Control
i
'
2.0 MGD to
Distribution
(Capacity=3. 5 MGD)
Figure 2.  Demonstration System Raw Water
         Treatment Process Flow
                      20

-------
The results of the survey, modeling,  and treated water quality evalua-
tion are given in Appendix D for raw water treatment.

Distribute Treated Water. Subsystem 13.  The distribution of treated
water includes all components required to  store and convey water to the
consumers without degrading the water quality and to meet the demanded
flow rate.  The  required flow rate must be met in order to avoid low
system pressure and possible contamination by back pressures or cross-
connections.  The components making up the  system include pipe mains,
pumps, storage tanks and reservoirs, valves,  and fire hydrants.
Chlorination and pH control are  used  in large  systems to maintain
chlorine residual (disinfection) and control corrosiveness of water.   The
survey  checklist, subsystem  modeling structure, rating procedures,
and failure modes and effects analysis are  given in Appendix E for the
distribution subsystem.

The demonstration system process flow diagram for the distribution
subsystem is shown in Figure 3.  The mountain sources gravity feed
treated water to the system.  The treated river and creek water is fed
to distribution by high-lift pumps.  The distribution system contains
pipe mains,  valves, hydrants, and two elevated tanks.  The survey
results, modeling, and water quality evaluation are given in Appendix
E for the distribution subsystem.

Provide Water Quality Surveillance,  Subsystem 14.  Water quality sur-
veillance is the  sampling and analyzing of distributed water to predict
that it is within  the limits  of the drinking water standards.  Other tests
are also performed to efficiently control  the treatment of raw water.
To insure adequate analytical controls and  results,  the laboratory pro-
cedures must conform to the Standard Methods for the Examination of
Water and Waste.water. ** The analyses should be performed by qualified
chemists or  laboratory technicians using proper equipment.  The
checklist and failure  modes and effects analysis in Appendix F are used
to guide the evaluation when making the rating.  If-other laboratories
perform analyses in addition to the local  laboratory, the results should
                                 21

-------
    Treated
Mountain Water
  0.6 MGD
  Treated
River Water
  1. 0 MGD
  Treated
Creek Water
 2.0 MGD
I Gravity Feed   [
 High Lift
  Pumping
  High Lift
  Pumping
                          DISTRIBUTION

              67  miles of mains with looped connections

              10  miles of mains with dead ends

               2  elevated tanks, one million gallons each

            1131  valves

            1173  hydrants
              Average daily demand

              Peak daily demand
             4   MGD in 1971

             4.8 MGD in 1971
          Figure 3.  Demonstration System Distributed
                      Water Process Flow
                                 22

-------
be compared; should significant differences exist and water of
questionable quality is being distributed, considerable weight should
be given to evaluating the cause of these differences when making the
rating.

The evaluation of the demonstration system is given in Appendix F
for the water quality surveillance subsystem.

Frovide  Services, Subsystem 15.  Providing  services includes per-
sonnel,  utilities, and control equipment.  Adequate electric power,
heat,  sanitary facilities,  human engineering, maintenance,  opera-
tion,  and control operations are essential to the ability to consistently
furnish quality water.   Proper preventive maintenance programs should
be used to prevent component failure.  Corrective maintenance should
be efficiently performed to insure system reliability is maintained at a
high level and not allowed to degrade.  The rating of equipment is
quantitative.  The rating  of personnel and personnel services is sub-
jective.  The checklist  for evaluating the subsystem is given in
Appendix G.  Appendix  G is filled in for the demonstration system.

RATING SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION EFFORT
 As previously stated, the rating concept was tested and demonstrated
 in an existing water system.  The survey was performed in two days
 by three engineers,  two of whom were not familiar with the develop-
 ment of the procedures and the other the primary developer of the
 procedures.  An additional  80 man-hours were required to complete
 the rating following the survey.  Several procedure revisions were
 required during the analysis of survey results in order to attain more
 meaningful results.  The normalization of results was the major revi-
 sion  which allows results from different systems to be compared
 regardless of system design differences in treatment  and complexity.
 The revisions have been included in the rating procedures of Appen-
 dices A through H.
                                 23

-------
                             SECTION V
                             RESULTS

CONCEPT DEMONSTRATION

The concept does provide a numerical rating of the ability of the water
supply system to consistently supply water meeting the constituent
limits of the drinking water  standards. The results of the  concept
demonstration are  a numerical rating  of 78 out of a possible  100.  This
rating is made up as follows:
      Water system reliability  rating   =       0. 54
      Water quality rating              =       0.84
      Failure effects rating             =       0.90
      Design adequacy  rating           =       0.85
            Average                   =       0. 78

The results of each rating are discussed in the following paragraphs.

Water System Reliability Rating.  The demonstration system reliability
reflects equipment reliability.   The equipment reliability for the de-
monstration system is 0. 51 out of a possible maximum reliability of
0. 96.  The 0. 54 rating is obtained by  dividing  the actual reliability of
0. 51 by the maximum possible reliability of 0. 96. Critical operations,
or those having less than a 0. 99 reliability,  are:

      Mountain impoundment water ammoniation
      and chlorination                               R  =  0. 984
    .  Mountain stream water ammoniation and
      chlorination                                   R  =  0.983
      Creek water  chemical feed,  rapid mix,
      coagulation,  flocculation,  sedimentation       R  =  0.986
      Creek water  filtration                         R  =  0. 985
                                  25

-------
      River water chemical feed, rapid mix,
      coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation        R  =  0. 965
      River water filtration                          R  =  0. 973
      Convey treated water                          R  -  0. 704
      Monitoring equipment                          R  =  0. 959

Other items  which are potentially hazardous to the system reliability
are listed below.  These items may or may never affect water quality,
but in the event of a particular  series of equipment failures, a hazard-
ous condition could develop.

      1.    Water chlorinators in all locations  must be taken out of
           service in order to change bottles.   Proper valving on a
           manifold  should be  installed in order that a replacement
           bottle can be turned on to supply chlorine while the  empty
           bottle is removed.

      2.    Deicing protection of sedimentation basins uses water
           from the  distribution mains.  An antisiphon or vacuum-
           breaker valve should be placed in the line to prevent
           back flow should distribution main pressure ever drop.

      3.    Chemical feeders use water from the distribution main
           for mixing slurries.  All mixers had the water supply
           line immersed in the slurry and a cross-connection
           might occur should raw water back up through chemical
           feed lines.   An air gap should be provided between water
           main feed and slurry in the chemical slurry mixers or a
           vacuum-breaker valve should be installed in the  water
           line.

Water Quality Rating.  The water quality rating is based on the results
of the water  system laboratory and  state health department laboratory
results.  The tests performed are for bacteria concentration, chemical
constituent concentration, and physical characteristics.
                                 26

-------
1.     Bacteriological examination; 10 mAportions
      (a)    Probability of coliform positives in more than
            five percent of samples when 20 or more are
            examined per month

      (b)    Probability of presence of coliform group in
            three or more 10 m4 portions of a standard
            s ample

      (c)    For population of 24, 000 people,  30 samples are
            required per month.  The demonstration system
            is sampled 52 times per  month from the distribu-
            tion system.

      (d)    Probability of exceeding  the drinking water stand-
            ard for coliform  =  0+0. 0032          =  0. 0032

      (e)    Probability of not exceeding the drinking water
            standard for coliform  =1-0. 0032     =  0. 9968

2.     Chemical constituent examination
      (a)    Mandatory constituents,  other than fluoride, are not
            tested.  The measurement of: fluoride content in the
            distribution water is analyzed.

            Probability of fluoride less than 0. 9 mg/A   = 0. 64
            Probability of fluoride greater than  1. 7
            mg/4                                       - 0

            Probability of fluoride greater than 0. 9
            mg/ i  and less than 1. 7 mg/4   -     .        ..
          '  =  1 -  (0.64 + 0)                            = 0.36

            Since low fluoride content is not a hazard to health,
           the probability of creating a health hazard is 0; how-
           ever, low fluoride content does not provide  the benefits
           of fluoridation to dental health.
                            27

-------
      Lead content is not analyzed.  Lead is used to make
      up service (customer) connections in the demonstra-
      tion system.  The pH of the water becomes critical
      in insuring that lead is not dissolved into the water.
      From state tests,  the pH averages 7.4 in 100 samples
      taken monthly over a two-year period. The pH range
      was 5. 5 to 9. 0 and the standard  deviation was 0. 3.
      The American Water Works Association recommends
      that water pH should fall in the range of  5.6 to 9. 5.
      The probability that the pH is in the range is 0. 9984.
      Since the average or mean pH is 7.4, which is
      above neutrality,  the pH is considered satisfac-
      tory and lead should not be dissolved into the
      water in amounts hazardous to health;  however,
      lead content  should be analyzed at the customers'
      taps to assure that lead is not a hazard.

(b)    Recommended constituents in the distributed water
      are tested to  a very limited degree by the city water
      utility and the state. Iron, copper,  and total dis-
      solved solids are tested in distributed water.  Sulfate
      and chlorides are periodically tested in the raw water
      and are not a problem.  The watersheds  consist pri-
      marily of agricultural and dairy  farming; therefore,
      nitrates should be tested and are not. Accepting
      recommended limits based on the Fe, Cu,  and TDS
      analyses,  the probabilities of not exceeding recom-
      mended constituent limits  are listed below.

      Probability of iron of 0. 3 mg/£ or less         = 0. 39
      Probability of copper of 1. 0 mg/4  or less      - 0. 67
      Probability of TDS of 500 mg/jfc or less         = 1. 00
                      28

-------
                 Probability of distributed water having
                 constituents content less than recom-
                 mended limits  = 0. 39 x 0. 67 x 1. 00         =  0. 26

            (c)   Physical characteristics are tested.
                 Turbidity and color  are routinely tested.
                 Taste and odors are tested when reported
                 by the customer.

                 Probability of turbidity of  5 or less units    =  0. 93

                 Probability of color of 15 or less units      =  0. 79

                 Probability of distributed water having
                 physical characteristics less than
                 drinking water standards limits
                 = 0. 93 x 0. 79                              =  0. 73

From the analysis, the low water quality rating is primarily due to
chemical and physical characteristics of the distributed water.  Analy-
sis is not made of iron and copper content of water immediately follow-
ing treatment; therefore,  the cause  of high iron and copper cannot be
determined.  The state found an average of 0. 055 mg/A of iron in the
mountain source  and 0. 28 mg/4 of iron in the  creek source; the river
source has not been tested.  Iron distribution mains are used and the
combination of corrosion and iron in the source is probably the cause
of high iron content.  Copper content probably occurs from the corrosion
of customer piping.  Turbidity and color should be  controlled by the
treatment processes.  Proper  chemical mixing, coagulation,  and
flocculation should remove turbidity.  An evaluation of laboratory
tests shows that the treatment  facilities routinely perform jar tests
every shift; if turbidity increases due to rainstorms, tests are contin-
uously performed.  The mountain sources average turbidity is 5. 5 units
and treatment is  not provided.  The river and  creek sources average 32
units of turbidity. Adequate treatment is available for the river and creek
sources, but careful process control is required.  The mountain sources do
not appear to allow sufficient chlorine contact  time prior to consumption.

                                 29

-------
Fallure Effects Rating.  The failure effect rating is used to evaluate the
effect of operation failures on the system water quality and ability to
supply water.  It is used since equipment failure modes and effects on
water quality could not be  correlated from the survey or from the
reliability data collected.  Critical failure effects in the demonstration
system are  operations having ratings  of less than 0. 99 and are listed
below:
      Mountain impoundment water ammoniation
      and chlorination
      Mountain stream water ammoniation and
      chlorination
      River water chemical addition, rapid mix,
      coagulation and flocculation
      River water filtration
      Convey treated water
      Test for chemical constituent  content
      Test for physical characteristics
      Test for radioactivity and control of
      treatment
      Habitability  items
      Perform preventive maintenance
      Perform corrective maintenance
      Monitoring equipment
      Operating schedule
      Operating labor
      Operating instructions
      Raw water intake immunity to environmental
      problems
      Reliability of source control
      Cross-connection program
      Distribution system valve maintenance
      Laboratory reliability
      Safety equipment
Rating  = 0. 98

Rating  = 0.98
Rating
Rating
Rating
Rating
Rating
0.97
0.97
0.70
0.20
0.37
Rating  =  0. 24
Rating  =  0.98
Rating  =  0. 85
Rating  =  0.85
Rating  =  0.96
Rating  -  0.77
Rating  =  0.85
Rating  =  0.76

Rating ' =  0.78
Rating  =  0.25
Rating  =  0.37
Rating  =  0. 96
Rating  =  0. 85
Rating  =  0. 74
                                 30

-------
The operations having the lowest ratings are in the water quality sur-
veillance and the services subsystems.   If water analyses covered
more constituents, the surveillance rating would improve.  Better
source, controls, particularly for the mountain sources,  would increase
reliability of source control.   Preparation and use of schedules, pro-
cedures,  and manuals for preventive maintenance, corrective mainten-
ance,  and system operation, plus the  addition of better safety equipment
would  increase the services subsystem rating.

Design Adequacy Rating.  The system design adequacy rating is a
measure of the degree of relative improvement in water quality due to
the designed treatment processes.   Three comparisons are made of the
probability of not exceeding the drinking  water standards.  The distri-
buted water is compared to treated water (immediately following treat-
ment)  and to raw water.  Treated water is compared to raw water.  The
distributed water to raw water comparison gives the design adequacy
rating for the system.  In the demonstration system, water analyses
are only performed for fluoride and pH content immediately following
treatment.  The only design adequacy calculation possible is for the
distributed water to raw water which gives the system design adequacy
of 0. 85 out of a  possible  1. 00.

RATING CONCEPT SENSITIVITY

A measure of the rating system sensitivity to water supply system modi-
fications is desirable in order to facilitate identification of water system
modifications which .would most improve the rating of the water supply
system.   In the  rating system concept, an equipment modification or
design alteration might improve more than one aspect of the  rating.
For example, providing redundant  chlorinators might increase the reli-
ability, the water quality rating, the design adequacy,  and the failure
effect rating.  By providing standby chlorinators at all present chlorina-
tor stations in the demonstration system, the reliability rating increases
but the system rating does not improve (shown on the following page).
                                 31

-------
                                       New Rating    Old Rating

      System reliability rating            0. 55          0. 54
      Water  quality rating                0.84          0.84
      Failure effect rating                0.90          0.90
      Design adequacy rating             0. 85          0. 85
                                         3.14          3.13
           System, rating average        0. 78          0. 78

The rating result is the  same as previously obtained for the demon-
stration system. The change in this case is very small because the
chlorinator reliability is very high.  A larger effect on the  rating
could be attained by carefully controlling chemical feeding, mixing,
coagulation and flocculation,  sedimentation, filtration, and pH con-
trol in the demonstration system.  Assuming this is done, the  iron,
copper, turbidity,  and color constituents should more closely meet
the drinking  water  standards  and the water quality, failure  effect,  and
design adequacy ratings would improve.  The  probability of not ex-
ceeding the drinking water standards for the four constituents is
assumed to increase to at least 0. 95 each for  the purpose of this analy-
sis.  The increases would change the ratings as follows:

                                      New Rating    Old Rating

      Reliability rating                   0.54 :         0.54
      Water  quality rating                0.98          0.84
      Failure effect rating                0.92          0.90
      Design adequacy rating             0. 98          0. 85
                                         3.42          3.13
           System rating average        0. 85          0. 78
                                 32

-------
The rating shows a significant increase from 78 to 85 if the system is
carefully controlled.

The above  analyses show that the rating system is  sensitive to changes
within a  water supply system.   The equipment in the demonstration
system are reliable based upon data collected and used in the develop-
ment  of the rating concept.  Adding redundant equipment does not sig-
nificantly increase the reliability rating of the system.  Significant
changes  in the rating would result if better control and  surveillance
of the system were practiced.
                                  33

-------
                             SECTION VI
                             DISCUSSION

RATING SYSTEM CONCEPT

The concept will provide a numerical rating of the ability of a water
supply system to consistently supply water meeting the constituent
limits of the drinking water standards.  The development of a final
rating method from the concept should include data collection and anal-
ysis to verify assumptions used in the concept:

      1.    Failure modes of equipment should be correlated to
           probable effect on unit operation and  system water
           quality. Some failure modes affect water quality and
           others do not.  The data collected in  this program from
           three water  systems did not have failure effects described
           with records of equipment failure.  Specific identification
           of failure modes and effects will make surveys  more pre-
           cise and require less time to rate the system.

      2.    The equipment reliability data used in the concept in most
           cases are estimates based upon scattered records and
           discussions  with personnel at three water systems.  These
           data could not be verified. For a final rating system, the
           data should be verified and updated as systems  are rated
           in order that the reliability history for components can be
           compiled for failure probabilities with respect to materials
           of construction, age,  maintenance, personnel skills,  and
           probable effect on water system.

      3.    Some of the  survey  areas require subjective ratings  such
           as the laboratory, personnel,  intake  protection, and other
           evaluations.  To provide a more precise rating of these
           areas, the effects on quality of water must  be determined
           for personnel skills,  environmental considerations (type
                                   35

-------
            of industry,  control of watershed),  and legal controls.
            Personnel skill levels  with relation to experience,
            training, and certification should be related to system
            operation, reliability,  and ability to meet drinking water
            standards in order to develop a concise rating for main-
            tenance,  operation, and quality surveillance.

      4.     Critical areas such as  cross-connection and back flow
            potentials should be evaluated with respect to probability
            of occurrence and severeness of failure as a function of
            the industrial and other urban characteristics of the water
            supply system.

RATING SYSTEM CONCEPT APPLICATION AND FEASIBILITY

The concept is complex and requires considerable time and effort to
obtain a  rating.   The demonstration of the concept required three engi-
neers for two days to survey the water system and an additional 80
man-hours to complete the rating for a total of about 128 man-hours.
This was the first application of the concept and several revisions had
to be made to accomplish the rating.  The water system which was
rated is  more complex than the average water system which would
be rated when compared with the systems evaluated in the "Community
Water Supply Study.  "10  As reliability and failure mode and effects
data are collected and verified, some areas of the survey procedures
may become less critical to the rating and be deleted.  For example,
where equipment have standbys in  reserve and adequate maintenance
performed,  the equipment reliability rating will very nearly equal
the maximum value  of 1. 00.  This  can be seen by looking  at the re-
liability  figures in Figure A-2,  Appendix A, under the reliability
columns where standbys are included.  In such a case, only those
factors indirectly associated with reliability would need surveying
and modeling such as failures which cause cross-connections or back
flows to  occur or failures in control of water shed which allow
                                  36

-------
pollution of raw water source beyond the treatment removal capability.
Another  method of reducing application costs is development and use
of automated data processing equipment to perform all calculations
for the rating; preprinted cards could be used for survey work followed
directly by keypunch,  input, and calculation of results.

A simplified rating may be obtained  by considering the water
quality and failure effects analyses only since these incorporate the
probability of exceeding constituent limits  of the  standards  and  the
reliability of operations.  Instead  of the 0. 78 rating (page 25) theidemon-
stration  system rating would become  0.87  as follows:

      Water quality rating    =    0.84
      Failure effects rating  =    0. 90
            Average         =    0.87
This approach does not include an analysis of overall water system
reliability or an evaluation of system design adequacy.  Depending
upon personal preference, the design  adequacy rating may or may not
be important; however,  it is a relative measure  of the ability of a
water system to cope with its raw water source and supply  quality
water to the consumer.  Overall system reliability is the probability
that the system is capable of satisfactory operation at any time and
this is important; however, it  adds complexity to the rating procedure.
for modeling and calculating the water system reliability rating.
                                  37

-------
                               SECTION VII


                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS


The cooperation and help provided by the following cities and county is

acknowledged.  "With their help, the collection of water supply system

reliability data and the demonstration of the rating system concept were

made possible:


                 Water Division
                 Baltimore Department of Utilities
                 Baltimore,  Maryland

                 Anne Arundel County Department
                   of Public  Works
                 Glen Burnie, Maryland

                 Washington  Aqueduct Division
                 U. S.  Army  Corps of  Engineers
                 Washington,  D. C.

                 Department of Public Utilities
                 Frederick,  Maryland


The initiation of the project by the Water Supply  Division, Office of Air
and Water Programs,  Environmental Protection Agency,  and the help

provided by Mr. William N. Long and Mr.  John  A.  Cofrancesco, the
Contract Project Officer,are acknowledged with sincere thanks.
                                    39

-------
                            SECTION VIII

                            REFERENCES


 1.     "Manual for Evaluating Public Drinking Water Supplies, " U. S.
       Environmental Protection Agency,  U. S.  Government Printing
       Office, Washington, B.C.,' 1971.

 2.     "Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards, Revised 1962, "
       U. S. Department of Health,  Education,  and Welfare,  Public Health
       Service, U. S.  Government Printing Office,  Washington,  D. C.,
       1969.

 3.     Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,
       Thirteenth Edition,  American Public Health Association,  American
       Water Works Association, Water Pollution Control Federation,
       Published by the American Public Health Association, 1015 18th
       Street N. W., Washington, D. C.  20036,  1971.

 4.     Myers, Richard  H. , Kam L. Wong, Harold M. Gordy, Reliability
       Engineering for Electronic Systems, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
       New York,  1964.

 5.     Calabro,  S. R., Reliability Principles and Practice, McGraw-Hill
       Book Company, Inc.,  New York,  1962.

 6.     von Alven,  William H.,  Editor,  Reliability Engineering, ARINC
       Research Corporation, Prentice-Hall, Inc.,  Englewood Cliffs,
       New Jersey, Copyright 1964 by ARINC Research Corporation.

 7.     Juran, J. M., Quality Control Handbook, Second Edition,  McGraw-
       Hill Book Company, Inc., New York,  1962.

 8.     Blanchard,  Benjamin S.,  and E.  Edward Lowery, Maintainability
       Principles and Practices, McGraw-Hill Book Company,  Inc.,
       New York,  1969.

 9.     Freund,  John E., and Frank J. Williams,  Elementary Business
       Statistics:  The Modern Approach, Prentice-Hall, Inc. ,  Englewood..
       Cliffs, New  Jersey, 1964, p. 217. ,

10.     "Community Water Supply Study,  Analysis  of National Survey
       Findings, "  Bureau of Water Hygiene,  Environmental  Health Ser-
       vice, U. S.  Public Health Service, Department of Health, Educa-
       tion and  Welfare, July 1970.

11.     "Action Now: For Water System Improvements, " Willing Water.
       Vol. 5, No.  5, American Water Works Association, May 1971.
                                    41

-------
                            SECTION IX

                          BIBLIOGRAPHY
Water Treatment Plant Design,  American Society of Civil Engineers,
American Water Works Association,   Conference of State Sanitary Engi-
neers, Published by American Water Works Association,  Inc., New
York, 1969.

Water Quality and Treatment, American Water Works Association, Inc.,
McGraw-Hill Book Company,  Inc., New York,  1971.

James,  G. V. ,  Water Treatment,  CRC Press, Cleveland,  Ohio, 1971.

Manual of Water Utility Operations, The Texas Water Utilities Associa-
tion,  Lancaster Press, Inc. ,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania, Copyright 1969
by Texas Water Utilities Association.

Neville, Adam M., and John B. Kennedy,  Basic Statistical Methods for
Engineers and Scientists, International Textbook Company, Scranton,
Pennsylvania, 1968.

Lloyd, David K. ,  and Myron Lipow, Reliability: Management, Methods,
and Mathematics,  Prentice-Hall,  Inc., Englewood Cliffs,  New Jersey,
                                     43

-------
                            SECTION X

                           APPENDICES


A.    Water System Reliability Analysis

B.    Water Quality Analysis

C.    Survey of Raw Water Source

D.    Survey of Raw Water Treatment

E.   . Survey of Treated Water  Distribution

F.    Survey of Water Quality Surveillance

G.    Survey of System Services

H.    Water System Composite Rating and Determination
      of Critical Operations and Components

I.     Water System Failure Modes and Effects Analysis
                                45

-------
Reliability
 Analysis

-------
                            APPENDIX A
             WATER SYSTEM RELIABILITY ANALYSIS

DEFINITIONS
Reliability is the conditional probability that at a given confidence level,
equipment will perform intended functions satisfactorily for a specified
length of time when used in the manner and  for the purpose intended while
operating under the specified environment and specified stress conditions.
Reliability is a function of system design, the choice of reliable compo-
nents, and the performance of required maintenance.   System design is
reflected  in the use of standby equipment or the installation of consider-
able excess capacity to allow repairs to be made and the system to  con-
tinue operation.  Reliable components are selected based upon previous
experience with similar components or by evaluating the operating his-
tory of a component to determine its reliability.  The performance  of
required maintenance is reflected by repair (corrective) and  routine
(preventive) maintenance of the components and the maintainability  of the
component. Maintainability is a characteristic of design and installation
which is expressed as the probability that an item will be retained in or
restored to a specified  condition within a given period of time  when the
maintenance is performed in accordance with prescribed procedures and
resources.

Water systems must  operate on a continuous basis to  meet water demands.
The  system is made up of operations (unit processes) which must operate
satisfactorily to achieve satisfactory operation of the  system.  The reli-
ability of  an operation in a water  system is  the probability that it is satis-
factorily performing  its intended  design function as required  on a con-
tinuous basis.  The reliability is  then equal to the fraction of total time
that  the operation is being performed or is capable of being performed.
Two terms are used in calculating this reliability:
      MTBE  =  mean time  between failures
      MTTR   =  mean time  to repair
                                    A-l

-------
The MTBF is the total accumulated operating hours divided by the num-
ber of failures:
      MTBF  -  -
                r
where:
      t      -     accumulated operating hours
      r     =     number of failures in time t

The MTTR is the total repair hours divided by the number of repairs:
                T
      MTTR  =  —
where :
      T     =     total elapsed repair time for r repairs
      r     =     number of failures (or repairs)

Since a water system operation must continuously operate,  its reliability
as previously stated becomes its operating time divided by total time
required:
      R  -      t
           total time
where:
      R     =     reliability
      t      =     operating hours

        a   =
                 whether operating or not
      , .          total time in hours the operation is required
      time                              ^             M
Since operations perform continuously or should be available on a con-
tinuous basis, the operating time t is equal to the MTBF and the total
time is equal to the MTBF plus the MTTR; that is,  operating time plus
downtime equals total time.  On this basis, the reliability becomes:
                MTBF
      R  =
           MTBF + MTTR
                                    A-2

-------
This can be verified by substituting the equations for MTBF and MTTR
into the reliability equation:
      R  =
                                 operating time
           t + Tr      t + Tr      total time
Additional information on reliability and maintainability theory is avail-
able from References  4 through 8.  If both sides of the reliability equa-
tion are divided by the MTTR, the following function is obtained:
             MTBF
      „  _   MTTR
      K
           MTBF   1
           MTTR
This is a useful form  since the ratio of MTBF to MTTR can be used to
graphically display the reliability of any single operation or component.
The above equation expresses the steady state inherent reliability of
a single unit.  (Reliability of steady state operating units is considered
synonymous  with availability and it is called reliability throughout this
report. )  For standby situations where one unit out of two is required in
order for satisfactory operation to be achieved, the reliability equa-
       4
tion is:
      R  =     2(MTBF)2 + 2(MTTR)(MTBF)	
           2(MTBF)2 + 2(MTTR)(MTBF) + (MTTR)2

For standby  situations where one unit out of  three  is required in order
to achieve satisfactory operation,  the reliability equation is:
      R  =     6(MTBF)3 + 6(MTTR)(MTBF)2 + 3(MTTR)2(MTBF)	
           6(MTBF)3 + 6(MTTR)(MTBF)2 +  3(MTTR)2(MTBF)+(MTTR)3

From data collected for components in water systems, the MTBF and
MTTR are such that if one of four units is required,  the reliability is
very close to one.
                                 A-3

-------
By using the ratio of MTBF to MTTR, a useful graphical solution can
be developed for all models involving redundancy,  steady state opera-
tion,  and multiple repair capability.  The solution is shown in
Figure A-l.  It is useful because unique components may require unit
modeling and solution such as a one-of-a-kind device. The MTBF
and MTTR are determined from historical operating records, the ratio
of MTBF to MTTR is calculated,  and, depending upon the  redundancy
in the design, the reliability can be read directly from Figure A-l.
This  is the inherent reliability of the unit and considers only  failures
to the unit.  Another measure of reliability and  availability is the ach-
ieved reliability which includes preventive maintenance  events and
time  as well as failures and corrective maintenance times.  The
terms used to describe achieved reliability are:

      MTBM  = mean time between maintenance

      MTBM  = —1—
                r + p
where:
      t      -     operating time
      r     =     number of failures in time t
      p     =     number of preventive maintenance events in time t

      MTTM  = mean time to maintain
                T   + T
      MTTM  =   r
                    ,
                  r + p
where:
      T     =     total elapsed repair time for r repairs
      T     -     total elapsed time for p events

In computing achieved reliability, the same equations are used as for
inherent reliability except MTBM and MTTM are substituted for MTBF
and MTTR.  The reliability can be read from Figure A-l using the
ratio of MTBM to MTTM in place of MTBF to MTTR.
                                A-4

-------
        0   0.1   0.2   0.:<  (I
4  l.i.j   0.6   0.7  ().!<  I).
   Inherent Reliahilitv
                                                     1.0
   Figure A-1.  Steady State Reliability Allowing Multiple
Repair for Simplex,  Duplex,  and Triplex Standby Redundancy
                                 A-5

-------
DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS

Three water supply systems were visited to collect data for components.
Some maintenance records and failure data were found, but most of the
data resulted from discussions with system operators and maintainors.
One  system of the three had records which could be considered fair and
which required engineering judgement to segregate failures from main-
tenance events.  The data were tabulated and reliability values were cal-
culated.  Component  reliabilities are shown in Figure A-2.  The data in
Figure A-2 are  sufficient to demonstrate the rating concept; however,
the use of the data for formal reliability analysis is not recommended
since most of the data are estimates based on water  system operator
and maintainor experience.  The estimates have not  been verified.
Future efforts should include data collection and verification in order
to build an accurate reliability data bank.

MODELING AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS

Each subsystem of the water supply system is structured by tracing the
operations on the subsystem structure given in.each  appendix, C, D, E,
F, and G.  An operation is the lowest designated process on each struc-
ture and  is identified  by an eight-digit number having ciphers as the last
two or three (usually  three)  digits.  The structures are staging diagrams
used to identify operations,  functions,  and subsystems.  The order of
designator numerals  is:
      X                       System
      XX                     Subsystem
      XXX                    Function
      XXXX                   Subfunction
      XXXXX                 Operation
      XXXXXX                Subope ration
      XXXXXXOO             Last two ciphers  left  open for expansion
                              as required.
NOTE: X is a whole  number from  1  to 9 or letter  from A to Z.
                                  A-6

-------
                                                                                                      (Sheet 1 of 2)
                                                                         RATIO
                                                                                               INHERENT RELIABILITY
      COMPONENT

AERATOR
AIR BLOWER/COMPRESSOR
ALUM FEEDER
ALUM STORAGE TANK
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM
BASINS & CLEARWELLS
CARBON SYSTEM
CHLORINATOR
CHLORINE EVAPORATOR
C12 BOTTLE/TANK
CONTROL AIR SYSTEM
CONTROL & MONITOR INSTR.
  SYSTEM
DAM, DIKE, STRUCTURE
DIAL INDICATOR
DISTRIBUTION PIPE (MAINS)
DRAINS, SUMP, & OVERFLOW
ELECTRIC POWER & SWITCHGEAR
FAN, VENTILATION
FILTER CONTROLS, RATE
  & BACKWASH
FILTER SWEEP
FIXED SCREEN
FLOCCULATOR, PADDLE WHEEL
FLUORIDE FEEDER
FLUORIDE TANK
GRAVITY SAND FILTER
HEATING SYSTEM
LEVEL CONTROLS
LIME SLAKER & FEEDER
LIME STORAGE TANK
METER, WATER
OZONATOR
PACKAGE CHILLER
MTBF
130,
22.
1,
12,
183,
53,
9,
16,
5,
192,
22,
47.
70,
142,
*
52,
19,
18,
55,
22,
173.
10.
9.
12,
55,
5,
78,
3,
12.
161,
16,
52,
568
769
087
045
960
755
141
994
297
720
769
304
080
182

560
542
827
741
876
886
Oil
556
045
654
256
341
956
045
118
994
560
MTTR
17.2
27.0
8.8
17.2
59.0
91.4
9.6
44.3
7. 3
70.0
27.0
52.2
44. 0
4.9
132.0
12.5
17.2
17.2
'17.2
36.0
20.5
157.2
57. 5
17.2
92.6
51.2
17.2
14.4
17.2
17.2
44.3
37.0
MTBM



12,
183,
7,
3,

1,
192,

2,
61,
142,
803
173
619
045
960
300
563
65
631
720
173
098
320
182
MTTM
3.
15.
12.
3.
59.
83.
3.
12.
3.
70.
15.
15.
50.
3.
2
5
3
2
0
6
7
3
0
0
5
7
5
6
MTBF
MTTR
7, 591
843
124
700
3, 118
588
952
384
92
2. 753
843
906
1, 593
29, 017
MTBM
MTTM
251
11
50
3,764
3, 118
87
963
5
544
2, 753
11
134
1. 214
39,495
1-RUN
0-STBY
.9998
. 9988
.9919
. 9985
. 9996
. 9983
. 9989
. 9973
. 9986
.9996
. 9988
. 9988
. 9993
. 9999
1-RUN 1-RUN
1-STBY 2-STBY
1- 1-
1- 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1-
1-RUN
3-STBY
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
* 135.0
52,
7,
560
817
18, 827
14,
22,
2,


12,


78,

12,
161,


202
475
643
571
80
045
43
73
341
49
045
118
65
96
12.
8.
3.
11.
38.
18.
61.
3.
3.
23.
4.
3.
10.
3.
3.
12.
20.
5
9
2
3
6
3
2
2
2
4
1
2
0
2
2
3
0
4,205
1, 136
1.095
3. 241
635
8,482
64
166
700
601
103
4, 555
275
700
9,367
384
1,421
4. 205
878
5, 883
1, 257
582
144
9
25
3,764
2
18
24, 482
5
3, 764
50, 349
5
5
. 9997
. 9991
. 9990
. 9996
. 9984
. 9998
. 9845
. 9940
. 9985
. 9983
. 9903
. 9997
. 9963
.9985
. 9998
.9973
. 9992
1- 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1- •
.9998 . 9['99
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
. 9999 . 9999
1- 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
1- 1-
.9999 1-
.9999 1-
1-
1-
1-
1 "
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
                                    Figure  A-2.   Component Reliability

-------
                                                                                                                                  (sheet  2 of 2)
                                                                                                RATIOS
                                                                                                                         INHERENT RELIABILITY
to
OO
        COMPONENT

PRESSURE SAND FILTER
PROCESS PIPE &  CONDUIT
PUMP, WATER
RECORDER
RESERVOIRS
S LU TiG E S C RA P E R MA C HI N E
SULFUR DIOXIDE SYSTEM
TANK, WATER
TRAVELING SCREEN
VALVE, CiiECK
VALVE, CONTROL
VALVE, LINE STOP, MANUAL
WELL CAP
WELL CASING
MTBF

105,
G8.
33,
4,
360,
17,
157,
550,
25,
74,
32,
259,
243,
243,

32ff
935
381
181
842
520
630
255
484
327
586
971
331
331
MTTR
92.
74.
41.
4.
91.
24.
10.
17.
82.
9.
10.
4.
20.
20.
6
5
1
9
4
0
0
i.
0
0
1
0
5
5
KTBM


47.

3,
3,
14,
157,
86.
1,
74,
25.
243,
243,
243,

48
990
416
939
939
016
680
140
456
327
760
295
331
331
MTTM

1.5
9. 1
1. 5
3. 6
643.0
24. 0
10. 0
3.2
23. 1
9.0
94. 2
7. 7
20. 5
20.5
MTHF
MTTM

1, 154
925
812
853
395
730
15, 753
32,574
311
826
3, 226
67,493
11,870
11, K70
MT
BM
MTTM


5.

1.


15,
25.



32.
11.
11.

32
274
277
094
6
5S4
758
919
52
826
273
246
870
870
1-RUr. 1-RIJN 1-KUN
O-STHV i-srr.Y 2-STny
_R| _Hi _Ki
.9 :-.'.?; . 3;!Q? !-
. 9C8C . e:::!? 1-
.90(17 1- 1-
.9988 .0999 1-
. 9997 1 - 1-
.9986 .9999 1-
.9999 1- 1-
.9999 1- 1-
.9H57 .9399 1-
.9998 1- . 1-
.9996 1- 1-
.99D9 1- 1-
.9999 1- 1-
.9999 1- 1-
1-Rl'N
3-STliY
li<
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
!-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
1-
I -
                  Distribution main3 reliability depend upon installed length and whether or not the mains
                  are looped or are single lines such as with dead ends.  See Appendix C and Figure C-2
                  for r-jliabilitv.
                                                                     Figure  A-2 (Continued)

-------
The structuring in this manner provides a numerical identification of
each part of the urban water supply system.

After tracing out the operations on the subsystem structures, the com-
ponents that constitute an operation are determined by plant  survey and
entered into Table A-l.  A single Table A-l should be filled in for each
operation in the system.   The number of installed components,  required
components for satisfactory operation,  and standby components are
determined for each entry in Table A-l.  The  reliability from Figure
A-2 is entered in the appropriate column.   If standbys are not installed,
the reliability is entered into the first reliability column (fifth column
from left).  The reliability is raised to the power of the number of in-
stalled (and required) components in the third  or fourth columns and
the result is entered into the sixth  column; the last  column is left blank.
If the component has standbys available, the appropriate reliability,
depending on number of standbys,  is found in Figure A-2 and entered
into the seventh column; in this case, no entry is made in the sixth col-
umn. Special entries such as cross-connection  potential should be noted
and entered into the table.  The reliability of the operation is the product
of the reliabilities in the sixth and  seventh columns.  The calculations
are shown at the base of Table A-l.

The operations comprising the subsystem are entered into Table A-2.
The quantity of installed identical unit operations are entered into col-
umn (2) with required and standby operations in  columns (3) and (4).
The unit operation reliability calculated in Table A-l is entered into
column  (5).  If no standbys are installed, raise the R. in column  (5) to
the N power and enter result into column (6), leaving column (7) blank.
If standby operations are installed, find the reliability from Figure A-l or A-2
as directed in column (7) and enter the reliability into  column (7) leaving
column  (6) blank.   Make the appropriate calculations shown at the base
of Table A-2 and calculate the subsystem reliability.
                                   A-9

-------
                                   TABLE A"l. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
         Operation Description:	

         Stage Identification Number:_

               (1)              (2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name












Quantity
Installed
N












Quantity
Required
n












Quantity
Standby
S












Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)












RiN












Series Components Reliability = Product of Ri = R]_ =
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R£ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; Ri
(from Fig; F-2)













Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 = x =
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
I
I—»
o

-------
                              TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:	
Stage Identification Number:
(7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number













(2)
Quantity
Installed
N













(3)
Quantity
Required
n













(4)
Quantity
Standby
S













(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri













(6)
If
n=N,
Compute













Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri =R-| =
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of Rj = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys














Subsystem Reliability = Product of R1 x R2 ' =' x = = RSS
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = = BSS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = ]
R PP x B pp x

-------
The subsystem historical water  supply capability is a factor calculated
for subsystems  11,  12,  and 13 only and the method for determining
the value is given in Appendices C, D, and E.

The reliabilities are taken  from Table A-2 for eoc.h subsystem and are
entered into Figure  H-l of  Appendix H (page H-2).  The system re-
liability  is the product of the subsystem reliabilities:

      Rg    =     RII  x  R19 x R13 x R14 x R15

where:

      R     -     reliability of the water system
       s
      R, 1   =     reliability of subsystem 11, obtain raw water
      R1?   -     reliability of subsystem 12, treat raw water
      R.^   =     reliability of subsystem 13, distribute
                 treated water
      R14   =     reliability of subsystem 14, provide water
                 quality surveillance
      R1t.   =     reliability of subsystem 15, provide services

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

When preparing the  reliability model, specific care should be exer-
cised to  only include items  that affect system operation or water quality.
The failure modes and effects analysis in Appendix I provides guidelines
for determining component  effect on the reliability of the system.

It is noted that component age is not considered in the reliability
modeling.  There are  two reasons that age is not considered:
      1.     In long-life systems such as water systems where
            repair or  replacement of components is made on  an
            as-needed basis, it can be shown that the system MTBF
           will become constant in time.  ' 5> 6 If the MTBF is
                                  A-12

-------
            constant,  no change in reliability will occur with
            respect to time in service.

      2.    In four water supply systems visited during the program,
            records of installation dates for components are not main-
            tained following initial installation.   As a result,  the reli-
            ability data  collected cannot be  correlated with age.

Future  data collection and verification should include a provision to verify
the constant MTBF with respect to water system age.

When modeling the operations and subsystems,  Figure A-3 and Table
-A-3 are included to offer assistance in modeling.  The matrix in Figure
A-3 shows typical component make-up of operations.  Figure A-3 was
prepared  after visiting three  water supply systems.  If an operation is
made up of components  identical to the matrix of Figure A-3, the reli-
ability for the operation can be obtained directly from Table A-3.

RELIABILITY RATING

The reliability of the system  obtained from  the above process must be
normalized so that it will be a relative  or comparative rating for all
water systems.   The reliability rating is a  ratio of the reliability pre-
dicted using the procedures above and  the highest reliability that could
be attained by the same system given that all components and operations
were as reliable as possible.  This is  accomplished by reviewing all
entries  into Table A-2 and making the  same calculations as were pre-
viously  performed; only this time, the highest achievable reliability for
each entry is used.  For operations where reliability data were calcu-
lated using Figures A-l, A-2, and A-3 and  Table A-3, the highest attain-
able reliability for operations would be 0. 9, 0. 99,  0. 999,  or 0. 9999,
depending upon the accuracy to which the analysis was performed.  The
reliability figure is raised to the power of the number of such operations
modeled and evaluated:
            =  (0.9999)N
                                  A-13

-------
                                                        (sheet 1 of 2)
-
1
1
?






















1







1


1







1
1
CM

1
1


1



















1







1












CM


R
1


1
1

























1


1









CM
CM
rH
1
1
?,




1

























1


1
1








CM


?.
1



1

















1







1












CM
CM
1
1
?,
1



1

















1







1












CM
CM


?,
1





















1







1












eg
CM
CM
1

?.
1





















1







1












CO


2
1
1

















1
1









1












CM
CO


?.
1
1

















1
1









1












CM
CO


?.
1


1















1
1









1












CM
CM
CO


?.
1


1















1
1









1












CM







1




























1









CM
CM
1
1
?.
1



1

























1


1









CO
CM
2
•>.
4
1



1

























1

1

1








CM
CM











1



1






























CM
IN
CM











1


1
1






























CO
CM
CM











1


1
1






























TT
CM
CM











1



1






























m
CM
CM











1



2






























co
CM
CM











1



1






























CO
CM
1
1
R
4

1



























1












M-
C«J
1
1
1.
\

\



























1












CM
^-
CM





1


1
























1












1 CO
JT
1 CM





1

1

























1












V
**
CM





1



1























1












m
^
CM
1




1



























1












122111


4
2

1



1


1





1






1







1












122112


2
1

1






1





1






1







1












CM
CM
CM
1
1
2
1
1
1



















1




















CM
CM
CM


?.
2

1






1



1

1

1
1











1












CM
CM
CM
CM





1


































1





CO
CM
CM
CM





1



















1







1









1


CO
CM
CM
1
1
•i
6

1
























1
1
4
1












CM
CO
CM
CM
1
1
2
6
1
























1

1

1












^
CM
CM











1



1






























CM
*T
CM
CM











1


1
1






























CO
TT
CM
CM











1


1
1






























TT
T
CM
CM











1



1






























\n
T
«M
W











1



2






























'sO
*r
CM
CM











1



1






























1231)1


4
2

1



1























1












123112





1













1


1










1












123113





1














1

1










1












CM
CO
CM





1




1











1










1












CM
CO
CM





1














1

1










1












s
CO
CM





1







1



1




1










1












Component
Pumpj^ Water
Valve. Check
Valve. Line Stop. Manual
Valve, Control
Tank, Water
Basins & Clearwells
Reservoirs
Dam. Dike. Structure
Aerator
Air Blower/Compressor
Ozonator
Chlorinator
Lime Slaker & Feeder
Fluoride Feeder
Chlorine Evaporator
Cl-> Bottle/Tank
Alum Feeder
Fluoride Tank
Lime Storage Tank
Sulfur Dioxide System
Carbon System
Alum Storage Tank
Recorder
Level Controls
Dial Indicator
Meter, Water
Control & Monitor Instr.
System
Annunciator System
Control Air System
Pressure Sand Filter
Gravity Sand Filter
Filter Controls, Rate
& Backwash
Filter Sweep
Process Pipe & Conduit
Distribution Pipe (Mains)
Drains, Sump & Overflow
Fixed Screen
Traveling Screen
Fan, Ventilation
Electric Power & Switchgear
Flocculator, Paddle Wheel
Heating System
Package Chiller
Sludge Scraper Machine
Well Casing
Well Cap
Figure A-3.  Matrix of Components in Typical Operations
    Based on Data After Visit to Three Water Systems

-------
                                                                                         (sheet 2 of 2)
-
CO


4
2


















2

1








1












eg
CO-
1
1
4
2



1














^

1
1







1












CM
en


q
2


















2

1
Q








^











CM
CM
CO
1
1
q
i



i














2

1
9








Q











-
CO


2
1
1

















2
1
1





















CM
CO


2
1
1

















V
1
1





















CM
CO


2
1


1




1
1


1


1



•i

1





















CM ;
CM '
CO


2
1


1




1
1


1


1



2
1
1





















rtCM T-I CM -* CM — I CM -H CM -H CM CO *T
rt -* ^H^IMCM^ -H -H -H CM CM CM CM
T -^ TTT^rT^l' T "3* ^ ^T T T ^"





















Q
a
r-t

c '



rn

a
Q.
tu













«
m







































1






(M
»n







































1






CM
in
t.













































CM
CM
m
	 .















I





















1


1
1



^H CM CO —i CM
~H ^ ^ CM CM
in in in in tn

— 	 .
'

















>

cO

0)





















CO
m




























1

















C-l
n
m


























1



















CO
CO
m



























1


















,T 10 UD
CO CO CO
in in in ,-,
-H ^H ~ Component
Pump, Water
Valve, Check
Valve, Line Stop, Manual
Valve, Control
Tank, Water
Basins & Clearwells
Reservoirs
Dam, Hike, Structure
Aerator
Air Blower/Compressor
Ozonator
Chlorinator
Lime Slaker & Feeder
Fluoride Feeder
Chlorine Evaporator
Cl^ Bottle/ Tank
Alum Feeder
Fluoride Tank
Lime Storage T;i:iS;
Sulfur Dioxide Svstem
> Carbon Svstem
f* Alum Storage Tank
^ Recorder
~ Level Controls
aj Dial Indicator
m Meter. Water
Control & Monito:- Instr.
Svstem
Annunciator Svstem
Control Air Svstem
Pressure Santl KilU-r
Gravitv Sand I-'ilter
Kilter Controls, Rate
(\- I-iackwash
Filter Sweep
Process Pipe 6: Conduit
Distribution Pipe (?dains)
Drains, Sump &• Ctverflow
Fixed Screen
Traveling Screen
Fan, Ventilation
Electric Power &• Switchgear
Flocculator, Paddle Wheel
Heating System
Package Chiller
Sludge Scraper Machine
Well Casing
Well Cap
Ol
                                              Figure A-3 (Continued)

-------
TABLE A-3.   RELIABILITY OF  TYPICAL  OPERATIONS  MADE
UP OF  COMPONENTS SHOWN IN THE MATRIX  OF FIGURE F-3
OPERATION
OD
UK
SUBOPERATION
ID NO.
11111000
11112000
11121000
1 1 1 22000
11211000
11212000
11221000
11222000
11311000
11312000
11321000
11322000
12111000
12112000
12113000
12121000
12122000
12123000
12124000
12125000
12126000
12131000
12141000
12142000
12143000
12144000
12145000
12211000
12212000
12221000*
12231100
12231200
12231300
12232000
12241000
12242000
12243000
1 2244000
12245000
1 2246000
12311100
12311200
12311300
12312000
12321000
12331000
13111000
13112000
13121000
13122000
13211000
13212000
13221000
13222000
SINGLE UNIT VALUES
MTBF
(HRS)
11,697
16,073
8,815
8,027
13,686
7,648
17,007
9,784
3,264
3,264
3,254
3,254
49,949
6,688
4,559
3,955
3,955
3,955
15,617
14,446
15,617
3,423
8,726
30,213
21,111
12,984
15,859
1,939
9,251
593
11,215
2,089
2,089
3,590
3,955
3,955
3,955
15,617
14,446
15,617
8,551
3,820
2,741
3,182
2,741
2,257
1,757
1,578
MTTR
(HRS)
33.4
50.5
29.8
50.9
29.5
31.6
26.0
28.2
9.3
9.3
9.2
9.2
37.2
44.3
37.6
17.2
17.2
17.2
46.4
48.2
46.4
23.9
27.5
33.5
72.0
51.5
63.6
32.7
32.7
22.1
53.7
26.3
26.3
19.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
46.4
43.2
46.4
30.7
9.0
9.1
15.5
9.1
22.0
7.2
9.7
MTBM
(HRS)
352
1,786
1,604
283
11,083
396
13,528
401
2,891
2,891
1,700
1,700
2,534
314
178
62
62 •
62
65
65
65
352
381
6,336
5,743
168
390
20
382
41
43
38
38
42
62
62
62
65
65
65
668
3,417
1,764
64
1,764
78
1,607
326
MTTM
(HRS)
3.9
33.4
37.7
8.8
52.7
3.7
53.1
3.1
14.2
14.2
2.9
2.9
19.6
8.0
5.6
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
44.3
12.3
11.2
7.3
72.6
71.6
17.0
5.9
13.1
7.2
15.4
23.9
22.4
22.4
2.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
44.3
12.3
15.4
4.1
3.8
12.1
3.8
3.2
15.2
4.6
DEPENDENT UPON PIPE LENGTH,
1,883
1,883
1,073
1,073
5.5
5.5
12.0
12.0
1,727
1,727
27
27
9.7
9.7
15.3
15.3
OPERATION
INHERENT RELIABILITY
1-RUN
0-STBY
.9971
.9968
.9966
.9936
.9978
' .9958
.9984
.9971
.9971
.9971
.9971
.9971
.9992
.9934
.9918
.9956
.9956
.9956
.9970
.9966
.9970
.9930
.9968
.9988
.9966
.9960
.9960
.9663
.9964
.9640
.9952
.9875
.9875
.9946
.9956
.9956
.9956
.9970
.9966
.9970
.9964
.9976
.9966
.9951
.9966
.9903
.9959
.9938
VALVES,
.9970
.9970
.9889
.9889
1-RUN 1-RUN
1-STBY 2-STBY
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9994
.9999
.9993
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
& METERS
.9999
.9999
.9999
.9999
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-





-




-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
.
-

-
-
-
is^t i k t ft I ir\cr
          NOTE:
                                   DM^, I t M WUWWIV-^ L./ i ii i -MI— "*-/ *•" lv
                         14111-14412 |N THIS FIGURE.

                          14421000  SEE FOOTNOTE
                          14422000)    NOT INCLUDED IN THIS FIGURE
                          144230001
                                                                          .9999
                                                                          .9999
 15111000      |9,542    17.2    7,812    8.9  .9991
 15112000      19 542    17.2    7,812    8.9  .9991
15121-15222 NO CALCULATIONS REQUIRED
 15231000      22,769    27.0      173    15.5  .9988   .9999
 15232000      47,304    52.2    2,098    15.7  .9988   .9999
 15233000     183 960    59.0   183,960    59.0  .9996   1-
          10 NO  14421000-  PROCESS CONTROLS INCLUDE Cl, RESIDUAL, HARDNESS, TESTS, pH MEASURIMENT,
          TEMPERATURE MONITORING. DESIGN ADEQUACY z =  NO. CHECKED/4


         •SUBFUNCTION (COMBINES 12221000, 12222000, & 12223000 OPERATIONS)
                                                 A-16

-------
where:
      RTTP  -     highest attainable equipment reliability for
                  system containing the N operations
      N     =     number of operations

      Use 0. 9,  0.99,  0.999,  or 0. 9999, depending upon accuracy
      used in prediction (mathematically,  the predictions should
      be carried to three places with results expressed to two
      places)

The normalized reliability  rating is then  the actual predicted  equip-
ment reliability divided by  highest attainable reliability and the result
is expressed to two places:
      Water system equipment   _  water system predicted reliability
       reliability rating         ~     highest attainable reliability
                                               RHE
Those operations relying on subjective evaluations must be separately
evaluated:
      RTTO  =     (product of RTTO f°r each subjective evaluation)
                  =  1.0
The RTTC is used in  the failure effects  analysis in the following sub-
      tic
section.

FAILURE EFFECT  RATING

The failure modes and probability of their occurrence can be used to
determine the probable effect of a particular operations failure on the
overall ability of the system to furnish quality water.  Failure data
were  collected from three water  supply systems; however, the data
did not correlate component failures with effects  on water quality.  As
previously stated, future efforts  should include substantiation of
failure modes and their probable effects on water quality.  To
                                   A-17

-------
demonstrate this concept,  a weighting factor was developed for appli-
cation to each operation.   The weighting factor is used to assign higher
weight to critical operations and less weight to less critical operations.
For the demonstration of the concept for the rating system, weight
factors below are assumed for determining  component weighting
factors and of criticality of component failure  modes on system ability.
They  were developed from the failure modes and effects  analysis in
Appendix I.
       Failure Effect
       1.  Bacteria contamination
       2.  Physical constituent contamination
       3.  Contamination by one of the constituents
          on the recommended list
       4.  Contamination by one of the constituents
          on the mandatory list
       5.  Loss  of water capacity and pressure
       6.  Loss  of control of process
       7.  Loss  of repair capability
       8.  Personnel hazard
       9.  Overload  subsequent processes
      10.  Deterioration of system
      11.  Improper operation
      12.  Loss  of efficiency (but not capacity)
Weighting Factor
 for Detrimental
Effect on System
        10
         9
        10
         8
         7
         5
        10
         8
         5
         7
         4
Asa result of performing a failure modes and effects analysis for opera-
tional processes, quality control surveillance,  and human factors, the
listing in Table A-4 gives criticality weighting factors for the opera-
tions given in the matrices in Appendices C,  D,  E, F, and G.  Table
A-4 was prepared by obtaining the product of the 12 weighting factors.
(See Figure A-4 which gives an example of this technique. ) Weighting
factors are entered into Table A-5 for each operation listed in 'the com-
pleted Table A-2.  All subjective evaluations and ratings are also
entered.  Fill in a Table A-5 for each subsystem.
                                  A-18

-------
          TABLE A-4. CRITICALITY WEIGHTING
                        FOR OPERATIONS
                                    (Sheet 1 of 3)
                                 FACTORS
Number
11111000
11112000
11121000
11122000
11211000
11212000
11221000
11222000
11311000
11312000
11321000
11322000
12111000
12112000
12113000
12121000
12122000
12123000
12124000
12125000
12126000
12131000
12140000
12211000
12212000
12220000
12231000
12232000
Name
Obtain from wells
Obtain from springs or infiltration
galleries
Obtain using impoundments
Obtain directly from streams
Gravity feed to storage
Pump to storage
Gravity feed to treatment
Pump to treatment
Store in elevated tank
Store in ground level tank
Store in lined reservoir
Store in earthen reservoir
Coarse screen raw water
Fine screen raw water
Micro strain raw water
Direct feed chlorine gas
Chlorinate
Evaporate and chlorinate
Dry hypochlorite feed
Hypochlorite solution feed
Chlorine dioxide feed
Plain settle raw water
Aerate raw water
Soften with lime- soda- ash
Soften with ion exchange
Coagulate, flocculate, sediment
Gravity filter
Pressure filter
Failure Effects
Weighting
Factor
5040
5040
145152000
14515200
5040
352800
5040
352800
3528
3528
3528
3528
16128
16128
145152
1411200
1411200
1411200
. 1411200
1411200
1411200
288
907200
508032000
62720
508032000
6350400
6350400
12241 through
12246
Same as 12121000
1411200
                             A-19

-------
Number
                    TABLE A-4; (Continued)
Name
                                                  (Sheet 2 of 3)
Failure Effects
  Weighting
    Factor
12311000
12312000
12321000
12331000
13111000
13112000
13121000
13122000
13211000
13212000
13221000
13222000
14111000)
14112000)
14200000

14300000
14410000
14420000
15110000
15121000
15122000

15211000)
15212000}
15213000)
15221000)
15222000/
15231000
15232000
15233000
Dechlorinate water
Ozonate water
Treat with carbon
Add fluoride
Gravity feed to storage
Pump to storage
Gravity feed to demand
Pump to demand
Store in elevated tanks
Store in ground level tanks
Store in lined reservoir
Store in earthen reservoir
Sample  and test for bacteria test

Test for chemical constituent
concentration
Test for physical characteristics
Test for radioactivity
Test for control of process operations
Provide power
Provide sanitary items
Habitability items
(Human engineering)
Preventive maintenance program
(Part V. C.4)
Corrective maintenance program
(Part V.D)
Control equipment
Monitoring equipment
Alarm system
        441
     176400
     158760
     176400
  63504000
  63504000
   7056000
   7056000
   7056000
   7056000
  63504000
  63504000
      2450

     22050

      2205
         10
  63504000
   6272000
      2800
        280

 508032000

2540160000
   6272000
     78400
     627200
                               A-20

-------
                       TABLE A-4, (Continued)
15234000
15235000
15236000
Appendix A,
 para.  C.3.d
 para.  C.3.e
Appendix B,
 para.  B.2
Appendix C
 para.  A.3.f
 para.  C.2
 para.  C.3
 para.  C.4
 para.  C.5
 para.  C.6
 para.  C.7
 para.  C.8
Appendix D,
 para.  B
Appendix E,
 para.  B.2
Operating schedule
Operating labor
Operating instructions
Protection from environmental
influences
Reliability of source control
Special reliability problems in
treatment

Pressure reliability at peak demand
Dead ends
Flow interruptions
Small mains (3 inches)
Disinfection following repair
Leak repair adequacy
Cross-connection program
Valve maintenance

Laboratory reliability

Safety  equipment
                                                     (sheet 3 of 3)
Failure Effects
  Weighting
   Factors	

      62720
  508032000
  508032000

        256
   14515200

   14515200

       2800
        450
        320
        320
         10
        320
      40500
        160

   63504000

      78400
                                  A-21

-------
I
to
CO
Operation
Number

11111000
11112000

11121000

11122000

11211000
Name
Weighting Multipliers
Obtain from wells
Obtain from springs or
Infiltration galleries
Obtain using impound-
ments
Obtain directly from
streams
Gravity feed to storage
Failure Effects Weighting Factors
1
10
10
10

10

10


2
9
9
9

9

9


3
9



9

9

9
4
10



10

10

10
5
8
8
8

8

8

8
6
7
7
7

7

7

7
7;
5








8
10



10




9
8



8

8


10
5








11
7








12
4



4

4












Operation
Failure Effects
Weighting
Factor
Product
5040
5040

145152000

14515200

5040
                                  Figure A-4.  Example of Determining Criticality
                                         Weighting Factors for Operations

-------
TABLE  A-5. OPERATION RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
( 1)
Operation
Number-
((•rom Table K-2)

















n
Summation, £ Fj
i=l
(2)
Failure Effect
Weighting
Factor, F
(Krom Tahli- K-4)



















(3)
Operation
Weight Factor
Fraction
1-{FV&F.>
1 i = l 1

















(4)
Actual
Operation
Reliability, R^
(From Table F-2)

















System Failure -Eff
(5)
Highest
Operation
Achievable
Reliability, H|(

















(b)
Actual
Operation
Failure
liffect
!')) x f4)

















(7)
LOW !_•!.!
Operation
Failure
Ef furt
(:<) x (5}

















£ft6) + (7g.
ect Rating '°r . ,. 	 -

(fl)
Operation
Ratmy
16)^(7)


















                       A-23

-------
The factors are summed for all operations and the weight factor
fraction of each operation is determined by dividing  its weighting factor
by the total number of entries and subtracting from one.  The operation
failure effect is obtained by multiplying the fraction  by the actual re-
liability and the highest achievable reliability.  The  ratio of the actual
failure effect to the lowest failure effect is the rating for the operation.
The subsystem failure effect rating is the average of the failure effect
ratings of operations  in each subsystem.   The system failure effect
rating is the average  of all of the operation failure effect ratings.  The
failure effect rating is used in the composite rating in Appendix H.
                                  A-24

-------
Water Quality
   Analysis

-------
                             APPENDIX  B
                     WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS

The procedures below are used in rating the ability of the water supply
system to meet the constituent limits of the Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards of 1972 and to rate the adequacy of the system
to furnish water meeting those requirements.

PROBABILITY OF MEETING THE PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
DRINKING WATER STANDARDS	
      1.    Number of bacteriological examinations performed:
           Yearly	Twice a year	 Monthly  52.
           Weekly	Daily	Other (Explain)	
           From system records for bacteriological, chemical,
           physical,  and radiological records, make the following
           analyses:
           a.    For each constituent in the U.S. Public Health Service
                 DWS (Drinking Water Standards), compute the mean
                 concentration and estimate the standard deviation
                 from the data.  The calculations are illustrated in
                 Figures B-l and B-2,
           b.    The results of the calculations are  tabulated in
                 Figure B-3. if only one test result is available for
                 a constituent, the deviations in Figure B-4 may be
                 used but only one sample should be entered under
                 the column, N, No. of test results  in Figure B-3.
                 After entering the data into  Figure B-3,  make the
                 calculations shown through calculating the /-scores
                 for the standard normal  distribution.
           c.    The z-scores in Figure B-3 are entered on the graph
               .. of Figure  B-5, and the probability is  read at the
                                  B-l

-------
List the test results for a constituent in order from low to high concen-
trations.  Indicate the frequency of occurrence for each result.  List
cumulative frequency, calculate cumulative percent, and multiply fre-
quency by test results.

                                              Fi           %
                      xi           fi      Cumulative  Fj   10f)
                Test  Results   Frequency  Frequency  Ufj	 xjfj

Constituent (1)     Img/jfc          1          1         7. 7      1

                   2 mg/A          3          4        30. 8      6

                   3 mg/£          1          5        38. 5      3

                   4 rng/4          4          9        69. 2    16

                   5 mg/4          2         11        84.6    10

                   6 mgU          1         12        92. 3      6
                   7 mg/4          1         13       100.0      7

                            Efi  = 13                    Sxifi =49
—                                           Zkifi      49
x     =     mean or average concentration = y\f     = -TTS- =  3. 8 mg/£


The standard deviation,  a,  is found by plotting the cumulative percent
versus the test results on normal probability paper (see Figure B-2).  A
straight  line is fitted by eye to the data; when fitting the line, the lowest
and highest plotted data  points are ignored.   Roughly 68 percent of data
(which are normally distributed) will fall between one standard deviation
below the mean and one  standard deviation above the  mean.  From this,
an estimate of the standard deviation is obtained  by reading off values
corresponding to 16 percent and 84 percent and dividing the difference
between  these two values by two.   For the example, the standard devi-
ation is estimated as 5. 5 -  1. 3/2 = 2. 1.  If a calculator is available,
the standard deviation is calculated using the following formula* y
             Figure B-l.  Calculation of Sample Mean and
           Estimation of Standard Deviation for Constituents
                                 B-2

-------
                           456
                         X(, Test Result
                     Constituent Concentration
Figure  B-2.  Example of Estimating the Standard Deviation
         of Constituent Concentration Test Results
                            B-3

-------
                                                                                                                     (sheet 1 of 2)
                                                              WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
W
 I
                Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
                Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory	

                Water Supply System:  Name   	
                                Location	
County Health Department _
                             State Health Department
                Data for: Raw Water
                                           Treated Water
                                                                 Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonremovable s:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+B
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate. NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver, Ae
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc, Zn
Radium - "6
Strontium-»U
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xl
0.5 me/I
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit, X2

0.05 mg/t
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/l
10nnc/£
a) X]orX2: 10% t /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 +(using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>57f-when
>20 samples/month
c} 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 mi, >4/100 mi,
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml*
15 unite
Laboratory Water Test Results Z- Score Values

X
Clean
'




















Deviation





















N,
No. of
Tests





















9K Confiii
-•-25
x = xVrf





















jnce Limits
v" -^ 2i
X 'X"^rT





















VX'





















X,-X'





















XL-S"
_>1
c
O
y
-o
t!
o
3
L,
O
x,.-\"
O
2?
~C
O
•3
L.
3
U-
L,
_3

Probahilitv of
Lxcee
-------
                                                                                                                               (sheet  2 of 2)
W
 i
Ul
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
Iron, Fe
Manganese, Mn
Odor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids, TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F(Uppe
XL. XU
50. 0-53. 7°F 0.9 1.7
53.8-58. 3°F 0.8 1.5
58. 4-63. 8°F 0.8 1.3
63. 9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70. 7-79.2°F 0.7 1.0
79.3-90.5°F 0.6 0.8
0. 3 me.lt
0.5 me./ I
3
0.001 melt
Not obiectionable
500. mg/i
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Vlean









€•
Deviation









N.
No. of
Tests









v' - v , 2^
X XVn










x" - \ 2&
X X -TT









Z-Score Values
X, - X'









X2- X1









xL-x"
e


X - X '
• u


Probability of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit









Mandatory
Limit









               'in 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.




                                                   Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 mg/ I
0. 4 me/ t
80 mg/«
XL XU
5.6 9.5
















































                                                                  Figure B-3.(Continued)
-------


Stream
Source
Nonremovable Constituents (mg/;,)
ABS .01
As .002*
Ba .012
Cd .003
Cr+6 .002
Cl 3.0
Cu .01
CCE .5
CN .01*
Pb . 005
NO3 .5
Se . 005*
Ag .001*
SO4 6. 0
Zn .02
R,226
o-90

Removable Constituents, Treatment Facility
Color
Fe
F (@ 60°F average air temperature)
Mn
Odor (threshold number)
Phenols
Tastes
TDS
Turbidity
Coliform MPN/100 ml
Removable Constituents, Distribution
Coliform
Color
Fe
F ((§> 60°F average air temperature)
Mn
Odor (threshold number)
Phenols
Tastes
TDS
Turbidity
Standard Deviation
Controlled
Watershed
Source

.01*
. 002
.02
. 0004
. 002
6.0
.03
. 5*
. 01*
. 009
2.0
.005
.001
2.0
.01


From Surface
Water Source
. 3 units
. 03 mg/ I
.03 mgl i
.002 mg/ 1
. 6
. 001 mg/ t
-
20. mg/ i.
. 2 units
. 05 MPN/100 ml

. 12 MPN/100 ml
. 3 units
. 03 mgl i
.03 mg/t
. 002 mg/4
. 6
.001 mg/i
	
16. mgl i
. 2 units


Groundwater
Source
(mfi/i)
0. *
. 002*
. 02*
. 0004*
. 002*
3. 0
.001*
0.*
0.*
. 009*
.05
.005*
.001*
2. 0
.01*


Groundwater
Source
. 4 units
. 1 mgl I
.2 mgl I
.001 mg/t
.6
«0. mgl t"'
_
9. mg/Jt
. 05 units
«0. MPN/100 ml

.03 MPN/100 ml
. 4 units
. 18 mgl I
.2 mg/l
. 001 mg/t
.6
»0. mgl I*
	
19. mgl t
. 05 units
*Estimates, data not available

Note: These deviations were calculated from data from three systems in the
     Maryland area and caution is advised in areas where water sources
     are significantly different.
      Figure  B-4.  Typical Standard Deviations for
             Water Constituent Concentrations
                               B-6
-------
                                                m
                                                 LLL.UJI
               -1.0      0

               z -Score Value,
Figure B-5.  Graph of z-Score Values and
      Standard Normal Probabilities
4.0
                     B-7
-------
                 intersection of the z-score and the straight line which
                 is a plot of the areas (probabilities) for the standard
                 normal distribution.  The probability of exceeding a
                 constituent limit is read from the left ordinate.   For
                 fluoride and pH only, the upper z-score is read from
                 the left ordinate of Figure B-5 and the lower z-score
                 is read from the right ordinate; the probability of not
                 exceeding the fluoride and pH range is obtained by
                 subtracting the  sum of the two probabilities from one.
                 If data are not available for a constituent,  assume
                 50 percent on Figure B-3; or, if that constituent is to
                 be ignored, disregard and enter a dash in Figure B-3.
      3.    Cross-connection potential in a system is related to the prob-
           ability  of a  cross-connection occurrence and the proba-
           bility of exceeding the DWS.  It is computed by multiplying
           the reliabilities of the components that  affect the cross-
           connection, subtracting the product from one to obtain the
           probability of failure, multiplying by the probability of
           exceeding the DWS due to the cross-connection,  and entering
           the result into Figure B~3.  One  minus the result is the
           probability of not having an effect and should be entered into
           subsystem and operation reliability calculations  in
           Appendix A.
      3.    The probabilities of exceeding the limits are calculated for
           each constituent for each of subsystems 11,  12,  and 13
           which covers the raw water source, treated raw water, and
           distributed treated water.  All three are calculated in order
           to obtain a design adequacy rating (discussed below).

WATER QUALITY  RATING
In order to achieve a single composite  rating, the probability for each
constituent must be weighted.  The  weighting factors from Appendix A
(page A-18) are used in the weighting.  The probabilities for distributed
                                   B-8
-------
water only (Figure B-3) are entered into Figure B-6, multiplied by the
weighting factor, and averaged to obtain the rating for the ability of the
system to meet the drinking water standards.  If the system is rated
using only a few of the constituent limits in Figure B-6, then only
those constituents considered should be used in Figure B-6; likewise,
only the weight factors  for those constituents considered should be
summed to obtain the average rating divisor.  In this manner,  as  many
constituents as desired can be included in  the rating.  The water
quality  rating is used in Appendix H to determine the  system composite
rating.

SYSTEM DESIGN ADEQUACY
The design adequacy is the measure of the ability to remove consti-
tuents from raw water or prevent contamination of finished  water.
It is measured as a comparison between the quality of the raw water and
the quality of the finished water to give a relative measure of the
ability of the system to cope with the raw water source  and  consistently
meet the constituent limits of the drinking water standards.

To  calculate the adequacy, a Figure B-6 is completed for the raw
water source and the treated water in addition to the distributed water.
The following calculations are made to determine design adequacy.
      1.     Design adequacy of treatment, D19:
                   O- .0!)  - O~ utl*»$
                   (l-Ratingn) - (l-Rating12)
                                                     TO u^tlc OP
             . 0    - = — p , . -
             12            l-Ratingn
                                                              OF
            where
                 Rating, ., = rating of quality of raw water source

                 Rating, „ - rating of quality of raw water treatment
            Note:  Maximum result = 1. 00
                                 B-9
-------
2.     Design adequacy of distribution,  D..,-,:
             (1 -Rating ,») - (1 -Rating  J
             _  _  _
       13           l-Rating13            -bu6 To
                                                       OP
      where                               Wa»WaN *T«ATlON
       s    - 1 -Rating.
                 Rating, o  =  rating of quality of distribution
            Note:  Maximum rating =  1.00

      3.     System design adequacy, D :

                  (1-Rating....) -  (1-Rating. Q)
            D   -           ll             l6


            Note:  Maximum rating =  1.00

The system design adequacy is used in Appendix H to determine the
composite rating.

Column (4) in Figure B-6 is the rating for each constituent. Column
(5) is a measure of the criticality of each constituent rating with
respect to the overall rating for distributed water quality.
                          B-10
-------
(1)
Constituent
bacteria:
Coliform
^hysical:
Turbidity
Color
Threshold Odor
Taste
Chemical,
Kecommended:
ABS
As
Cl
Cu
CCK
CN
Ke
Mn
NO;,
Phenols
S04
TDS
Zn
Chemical,
Mandatory:
As
Ba
Cd
Cr+6
CN
F
Pb
Se
Ag
Radioactivity:
Ra226
Sr90
Weight
Factor
10

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
(3)
1-HU I1WS)
P(i DWS) from Fi^ G-3




See end of Appe
demonstration i
























(2) x (3)




ndix G for
ystem.
























£l(2> x(3) i =

£ (2)x(3) i
i* 1 s
n
£(2)i
(51
n
E|(2I x (3) i
(2) x (3» + i=l
n
i "i<2>i































Figure B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                       of 1962
                       B-ll
-------
Raw Water
  Source
-------
                            APPENDIX C
                  SURVEY OF RAW WATER SOURCE
A.    Source Quantity Data
      1.    Source of Supply
                                       Minimum Safe Daily Drought
Number
Period Yield, MGD, at Intakf
Springs O —
Wells O 	 •
Impoundments i
Streams 3
Borrowed


o.s
12. 1
Z.O

Total: 14. 6 MGD
System Demand Over Past Five Years (MGD)
Year Average Peak Day Peak Hour
1071- 4-.03Z t.&OO
1970 3,800 .5,075
ige? A.07& s, zee
I960 4.OO4 S.700
19g7 3.5OO S.GOO
7.64
. — .
_

__
Estimate Demand Five Years From Present
Year Average Peak Day Peak Hour ftVe Flo*o
I960 A44 7,94
10. 8 & 7, ?
           For Groundvvater Sources
           a.
           b.    Is t
TH&,
                                  C-l
-------
      5.    For Surface Water Sources

           a.    Size of impoundment and tributary             Square
                 watershed?                             IO7O  Miles

                                                             Million
           b.    Storage capacity of impoundments?       If-J Gallons
           c.    Days storage at present demand?         3& Days

           d.    Days storage at maximum demand
                     years from present?  19&0
      6.   . Has the system ever discontinued or curtailed service

           to consumers due to lack of source quantity?    ^^

           a.    Times per year?                         O

           b.    Days per time?                          —  (Avg. )

           c.    Calculate historical water source supply capability
                                        o
                               365..- (b/£ a)  _     n
                      Bs          365       =   lf


B.    Source Reliability

      1.    Of sources in A. 1 above,  what existing combinations will

           meet maximum demand five years from now?


                                    N           n         S
                                 Number     Number  Number
                                (From A. 1)  Required  Standby

         a. Springs                  Q           Q       Q

         b. Wells                    O           O       D
         c. Impoundment
           (30 day minimum)	j	        I         Q

         d. Stream  .
           (storage for 30
            day minimum)       	3          £>         Q

         e. Purchased Water
         .  (noninterruptible)     	Q_	       O         O

                            id  low)  T'OVO
                                    C-2
-------
      2.    Reliability Modeling.  Using Matrix of Figure C-l and
           the methods of Appendix A, make the reliability model of
           the source subsystem.  Circle the appropriate operations
           in Figure C-l and compute the reliability using the
           method of Appendix A.  Calculate the failure effects rating
           for each unit operation in  accordance with Appendix A.
           See pages C-7 through C-23 for the demonstration system.

      3.    The reliability result  is the probability that the raw water
           source will furnish water  at all times to meet the demand
           five years from the present.  This  is the reliability of the
           subsystem,  named Obtain Raw Water, to consistently
           furnish raw  water.  The reliability calculation is the pro-
           duct of the reliabilities  of all required unit operations.

C.    Other Considerations

      1.    Refer to the failure modes and effects analysis (Appen-
           dix I,  Figure 1-2) for  operations in subsystem 11,
           Obtain Raw Water, to determine effects of failures on sys-
           tem reliability.  These  effects are  considered when
           modeling the system for reliability analysis.

      2.    The probabilities of exceeding the constituent limits of
           the drinking water standards and the water rating for the
           subsystem should be calculated using Appendix B.  See
           pages C-24 through C-36 for the demonstration system.

      3.    Several qualitative questions pertaining to source quality
           should be answered:
           a.     Does  the source exceed bacteriological,  chemical,
                  physical,  or radiological requirements of the DWS?
                                 C-3
-------
b.    If the DWS are exceeded, is the water treated
      to reduce their concentration?
                                                 Ves
                                                 Ves
                                                  Xes
                                   of  9
                                                  Mo
c.     Are records kept on file for the examination?

      Is the functioning of intake facilities
      immune to interruption by:
      Floods ?
      Ice?
      Plugging from debris or sand ?
      High winds?
      Ice storms ?
      Power failures ?
      Breaks?
      Overhaul?
      Damage from boats, automobiles, etc. ?
e.     Are sources controlled?
      i.    Are groundwater sources located as
           practicable from a source of pollution, pro-
           tected from access and pollution by an animal,
           properly designed with Surface drains away
           from source, and surveyed with respect to
                         \"
           sinkholes, abandoned wells/bores,  fissures,
           and faults over the aquifer or source?  	
                                                 Yes
                                                 Yes
                                                 Yes
           Does wafer quality change following a heavy
           rainfall?
                             If yes, thisra sign of surface
           Leakage into well.
                     C-4
-------
n
01
           11  OBTAIN RAW WATER-
                                     -111  PROVIDE SOU RCt-
                                          CONVEY RAW WATER-
                                     Ll 13 STORE RAW WATER -
                                                                 rl 111  OBTAIN FROM GROUND WAHR -
                                                                 Ll 112 OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WATER-
                                                                  -1121 CONVEY TO STORAGE-
                                                                  •1122 CONVEY TO TREATMENT -

                                                                  -M31 STORE IN TANKS 	
                                                                 HI32 STORE IN RESERVOIR-
•c
- 11111  OBTAIN FROM WELLS
-11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS

  11121  OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENTS
  11122  OBTAIN DIRECTLY FROM STREAM
  11211  GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
  11212  PUMP TO STORAGE

  11221  GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
  11222  FUMP TO TREATMENT
T— 113.11 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
 1-11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
   11321 STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
   11322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                            Figure C-l.  Structure and Matrix of Water Source
-------
      ii.    Are all watersheds in surface water sources
            'surveyed and under, legal control with authority
            to prevent contamination'from  external sources?
            In the case of stream sources, does an early
            warning system exist to prevent intake of water
            which is beyond capability of removal by treat-
            ment?                         .

f..    Are there cross-connections to the finished water
      mains such as:
      i.    Special bypasses at pumps so that one pump
           could serve as  a raw water or finished water
           pump?
     ii.    Pump packing gland  sealing water?
    iii.    Other	                	
      Model the reliability of components associated with
      a cross-connection and enter the reliability as a
      cross-connection potential in Appendices A and B.
                     C-6
-------
o
 I
             II  OBTAIN RAW WATERJ
-112 CONVEY RAW WATER-
                                       L113 STORE RAW WATER-
                                                                   r-llll OBTAIN FROM GROUND WAT-R
                                                                   11111 OBTAIN FROM WELLS
                                                                   11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS
                                                                         OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WATER
                                                          ^     fVJ121 OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENT^
                                                          3     L |ii22 OBTAIN DIRECTLY FROM STREAM
                                                                   rii2i CONVEY TO STORAGE-
                                                                   LI 122 CONVEY TO TREATMENT-
                                                                   rH31 STORE IN TANKS 	
                                                                   H132 STORE IN RESERVOIR-
                                                                -C
                                                                t
                                                                -c
11211 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
11212 PUMP  TO STORAGE

11221 GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
11222 FUMP TO TREATMENT
11311 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
11321 STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
11322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                              Figure C-l.   Structure and Matrix of Water Source
-------
                                     TABLE A- 1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:


Stage Identification Number:


       (1)              (2)
»~    -
       »»ov»t
                                                                         XtHftia»iq.tiigft|"t"
(3)
(4)
(5)
                            (6)
                                                                                                        (7)
Component Name
EftvtYt Darv,
fteservo/r
lattice S+Mufhfi-c
Ut&ke (^a-tes
yfoXfes, MawuiJ
Pfplwd






Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
I
fc
2,
1






Quantity
Required
n
/
/
t
*
2
1






Quantity
Standby
S
O
o
0
0
o
0






Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
,9993
.9997
,9993
.$999
.9999
.99&9






RN
.9993
,9997
.9993
.99 9 &
.9994
,99S9






Series Components Reliability = Product of RI = RI = • 9960
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ = R% =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)












_.
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 = x = t$968
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
o,
 I
oo
-------
                                       TABLE A-2. SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description: Obtain
                                             w Wa*fgr  «« Mountain
         Stage Identification Number:  |i
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
III 2.1












(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
t












(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1












(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
O












(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.996*












(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
^^B_












Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri =R^ = . 996£
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of Rj = R0 -
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R0 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
	 .












	
Subsystem Reliability = Product of Rt x R9 =&9tiT x — = ,?9fc& = Rss
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = j.Q = Bss
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water - Rcm x B^Q 99bft x \,Q - «99frfi-
o
I
CO
-------
o
• I
               OBTAIN RAW WATER
-112 CONVEY RAW WATER-
                                      L113 STORE RAW WATER -
                                                                   rl 111 OBTAIN FROM GROUND WAT-R •
                                                                   11111 OBTAIN FROM WELLS
                                                                   11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS
                                  OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WATER
                                                                                                >.      rCLL
                                                                                               ER/ - L^
                             -1121 CONVEY TO STORAGE
•1122 CONVEY TO TREATMENT-

•1131 STORE IN TANKS 	
                                                                   H132 STORE IN RESERVOIR-
                                        121  OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENT^
                                        122 OBTAIN DIRECTL
                                                                                                       c
                                      11211 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
                                      11212 PUMP  TO STORAGE
                                                                                                      -C
                                                                                                         11221 GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
                                                                   11222 FUMP TO TREATMENT
t                                                                   11311 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
                                                                   11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
                                                                 pi 1321 STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
                                                                 L-11322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                             Figure  C-l.  Structure and Matrix of Water  Source
-------
TABLE A-1.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:
Stage Identification Number:   /// 2 t
      (1)             (2)        (3)
                                      *. AflOUK+>iV _ Stir ea EH
(4)
(5)
(6)
                                                                (7)
Component Name
DAM*
^ip^-A
T <5









Quantity
Installed
N
I
1










Quantity
Required
n
1
1










Quantity
Standby
S
G
0










Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fie. F-2)
.9993
. 9909










RJM
. 9?93
.9949










Series Components Reliability = Product of RI = RI = • 996
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj = R2 -
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)












	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =,99b x — = .99^
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
-------
                                      TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:
Stage Identification Number:_
                                        II
                                                                                    (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
mail












(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1












(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1












(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
o












(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
. 99£>












(6)
If
n=N,
Compete
.994












Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri = R-| = » 99fc
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of R^ = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R% as
appropriate for number
of standbys
—












—
Subsystem Reliability = Product of Rj x R9 v99fo x ~ = .99b = RSS
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = |*O = BSS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = Rss x Bss .99fc x J.Q = . 99fc.
O
-------
              OBTAIN RAW WATER
O
 I
t—>•
oo
                                          PROVIDE SOURCE|-
                                                                 -1111 OBTAIN FROM GROUND WAHR-
                                      11111 OBTAIN FROM WELLS
                                      11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS
                                                                  S*      •                    x      r- H121 OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENTS
                                                                  £ll2 OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WATE^	UlLL22 OBTAIN DIRECTLY FROM	
                                                                       CONVEY TO STORACl^-
^122 CONVEY TO TREATMENT)-
                                                                 -1131 STORE IN TANKS
                                                                  ffl32 STORE IN RESERVOlp-
                                      11211 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
                                      J212 PUMP  TO STORAGp
                                   t
                                   -Qi
11221 GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
TJ222 FUMP TO TREATMENT)
11311 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
 1321 STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
1^322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                            Figure C-l.   Structure and Matrix of Water Source
-------
                                   TABLE A-.1.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:


Stage Identification Number:



      (1)             (2)
e»i*
                                                                                 Cvggle,
(3)
(4)
(5)
                           (6)
                                                                                                      (7)
Component Name
lltfek*. S+VUA+Uf^
Pi'piMCi
r o
TrttYfJiMA Screen
?av» Spjrgcn








Quantity
Installed
N
1
/
1
1








Quantity
Required
n
1
1
|
1








Quantity
Standby
S
0
0
0
0








Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.9993
.99 &9
• ?9t7
.999 A








RN
,9993
-9959
.9?A7
.999S








Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = Rj = , 993
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)








i



	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =,^93 x — = . <^Q^
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
o
 I
-------
                                  TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
         Operation Description:

         Stage Identification Number:

               (1)
Gvaek
mber: fll.12.
2) (3)

(4)
!• 	
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
VkWs, Ma«ML«)
i
PtJLWlp
P,>«p
r








Quantity
Installed
N
?.
1
1









Quantity
Required
n
^
J
1









Quantity
Standby
S
0
o
o









Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99*9
• 99*7
, 99 A9









R^
.999 &
.9987
.99A9









Series Components Reliability = Product of Ri = RI = »^9T
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj, = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	
— ,
—









— .
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =-?9T x -» = .997
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
0
I I
h-*
01
-------
                                  TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:   ruvtAp

Stage Identification Number: |1 1

      (1)             (2)        (3)

                                                                                               Source
                                                   (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
Manual V^toi^
^kA,m,p.S
D
pUs?^? SfrroSia^iWB








Quantity
Installed
N
3
a
a








I
Quantity
Required
n
3
1
1









Quantity
Standby
S
o
1
1









Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fifi.F-2)
- 9999
— =,
«— =









Rw
.9997
— «0
—»»









Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = „ ^99 T
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R-L =
Unit Operation Reliability, R - Product of RI x R
R2 -
^ =_9W7x |- = .9

Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
—
S-
0-




I
i



1-
£?
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
O'
I
I—'
05
-------
                                    TABLE A-loUNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description


Stage Identification Number:


      (1)             (2)
                                          (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
Ees,»^ ^
Pipe
r






Quantity
Installed
N
I
I
1
1
1







Quantity
Required
n
1
f
|
1
1







Quantity
Standby
S
o
0
o
o
G







Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.9997
.999 3
,999 3
.
-------
                                      TABLE A-2. SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:_

Stage Identification Number:_
                                                                                       Source
                                                                                   (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
Mil*-
II 21 1.
1131.1.
1111.1.









(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
1
1









(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1
|
1
1









(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
o
a
o
o









(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.993
-997
.994
.999









(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
,993
-997
,994-
,*99









Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri =R1 = • 98 2^
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of Rj = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
__
___
	
_









	
Subsystem Reliability = Product of RT x R9 =^STtx — = *^L£*- - Rss
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = |,p = BSS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = RSQ x BRS,9lrt x l«o :N«9W>
O
I
I—*
oo
-------
o
 i
h-'
CO
OBTAIN RAW WATEJO-
                                     -(Tll PROVIDE
                         \U  CONVEY RAW WATER)
                                     -113 STORE RAW WATER -
                                                                  -1111 OBTAIN FROM GROUND WATr?-
                                                                                            11111 OBTAIN FROM WELLS
                                                                                            11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS
                                                          OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WAT
                                                                                                n-       f— I
                                                                                                ^ - L
                                                                  -1121 CONVEY TO STORAGE-
                                                                     122 CONVEY TO TREATMENr}-

                                                                    H31 STORE IN TANKS 	
                                                                  L1132 STORE IN RESERVOIR-
                                                                                                          11121 OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENTS
                                                                                                           ll22 OBTAIN DIRECTLY FROM
                                                                                          r- 11211 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
                                                                                         "1-11212 PUMP TO STORAGE
                                                                                             1221 GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
                                                                                         t
                                                                                         •L
:
VI222 FUMP TO TREATMENT!
11311 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
1132) STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
11322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                            Figure  C-l.  Structure and Matrix of Water Source
-------
                                   TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION  RELIABILITY
         Operation Description:

         Stage Identification Number:

               (1)
OtetAm 1)ii'*Cc*t\v TVOWi
7
mber: III 2. "2.
2) (3) (4)
i S*^Y*eawt -- l^ivgi^ Source ^
(5) (6) (7)
Component Name
P.vX?el Screen.
twtalce Stvuefttnf
(ntak* Mtmiaf
V»lVff









Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
1









Quantity
Required
n
I
1
1









Quantity
Standby
S
0
o
o









Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fie. F-2)
-999S
. 9993
.9999









Rw
. 999A
.999-3
.9099









Series Components Reliability = Product of Ri = Rj = , ^97
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
—
«-.
^_









—
Unit Operation Reliability, R - Product of RI x K^ =.9&7x - = .9^7
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
O
I I
CO
o
-------
                                   TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description.^


Stage Identification Number:_


      (1)             (2)
                                          (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
PU.i«p
Pip*
r









Quantity
Installed
N
2>
1
/









Quantity
Required
n
/
/
/









Quantity
Standby
S
/
0
0









Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
—
f99&?
.9991









RN

.9989
.9991









Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = Rj = »997
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ - R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
1-
—
^_









1-
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 ="^9j x l~ = *?97
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
o
I I
to
-------
Subsystem Description:

Stage Identification Number:
                                        TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
\A/a^t*gy*   - —
                                                                                      «Sour*C <&•
                                                                                       (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
IIIZT-
111*1-











(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
)











(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1
1











(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
O
0











(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.997
,997











(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
.997
.997











Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri = RI = • 9<93
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of R^ = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
. 	
	











^- __
Subsystem Reliability = Product of Rj xR2'=^93x — =J^3 = Rss
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability - /.p - BSS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = RRS x BRR C^3 x /.o - .993,
O
I
to
CO
-------
  TABLE A-5, OPERATION  RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
  Operation
  Numher
t r.,m Tabl*.- K-2)
           Failure Effect
  Factor. F
(V rom Tahli- h -4t
           Operation
          Weight Factor
           Frartion
    Ml

   /Actual
  Operation
 Reliability, R.
(From Table K-2)
                            .994
   (51      fb»
         Actual
  Highest   Operation
 Operation   Failure
 /Vrluevabl.'   Utr.nl
KeUahility. K  : , :> v (4)
                                      ,9999
                            .999
                  ,970
                                                   Operation
                                               Op*« pa tion
                                                Hating
                                         .973

                            .993
                           ,995
                    ,999
 ^fe.
                            .999
                            .994
                            .999
           3S2&D0
          ,999
 ,999
,999
                   ,997
                  .997
          .999
                            -997
                            999
                             1.00
Aw, c.
£.*.
-------
                                                                                                                          (sheet 1 of 2)
                                                                  WATEK CONSTITUENT DATA
O
 I
CO
Use Certified  Laboratory Sources Only
Data Sources:  Treatment Laboratory	
Water Supply System: Name
                Location
                                                        County Health Department
                                                                                     State Health IX-partment
                    Data for: Raw Water
                                                Treated Water
                                                                     Distributed Water
                     No
Constituent
Nonremovable 3 :
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ha
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitratej NO3
Selenium. Se
Silver, Ag^
Sulfate. SO4
Zinc, Zn
Radium -226
Strontium- 90
Removables:
Conform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/t
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit, X2

0.05 me.lt
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3nuc/l
lOuu c/t
a) XlorX2: 10%<-/month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month. or>5% when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml, 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z- Score Values

X
clean

















Sfe*



A
Deviation

















1.1+



N.
No. of
Tests

















23



957r Confid
'-fn

















*~9?



?nce Limits
* JIT























£

















-i.t



x,-x'





















y
c
o
L,
O
a
t.
o
x,-x-
0
o
-a
t.
3

F'robabiliTv of
Lxceeding DW .1:
Rer 
-------
                                                                                                                                                        (sheet  1  of 2)
                                                                                  WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
O
 I
CO
Ul
                        Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
                        Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory

                        Water Supply System: Name
                                            Location
County Health Department _
                                     State Health Oupartm-ji
                        Data for:  Raw Water
                                                           Treated Water
                                                                                      Distributed Water
                                                                                                                                                      Sri r-g
Constituent
Nonre movables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sultanate, ABS
Arsenic. As
Barium^ Ba
Cadmium^ Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide. CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium^ Se
Silver, Ag
Sulfate. SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -zzb
Strontium-9"
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg.lt
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 me.lt
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/t
lOuuc/t
a)X]orX2: 10% + /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 +(using 10 ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>57i when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml, ^4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml*
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Scc«re X'alue.-^
X
llean

















**



Deviation

















O.lrt



N.
No. of
Tests

















+<



957r ConfiJ
X X '/H

















vy



^nce Limits
x" - ^ 2-






















x^x-

















-7.1



X2_£





















XL;X"
uoride Only
L.
O
x,-x-
„
c
v

f'robabilitv of
L. \ceecimc
Keroii meniled
I imit





















1 )\V.-i:
l.irru:

















1.00



Ho ornO- ^rccTf •*> "t"Kte Source* See "t«i"hs ov» AtouvrtaU* Soctirc&f fcirv by
ac^*y' Figure B-3. Calculations for Probability of Exceeding
the Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                        (sheet 1  of 2)
                                                                WATER e'ONSTlTUENT DATA
O
 I
CO
en
Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only

Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory	
                                                     County Health Department _
                                                                                  State Health Department
                 Water Supply System: Name  "PgmCFy|S"f*
                                 Location	
                 Data for:  Raw Water
                                             Treated Water
                                                                   Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonre movables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate, ABS
Arsenic^ As
Barium^ Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+«
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, ph
Nitrate., NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver, Ag
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc, Zn
Radium -220
Strontium-S)U
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi
0.5 mg/i
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit, X2

0.05 mg/£
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3o.uc//
lOuuc/t
a) X]orX2: 10%+ /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <2Q sam
pies/month. or>5%when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml, 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Score Yalut-
X
Hean





2*8-




ABS









i.¥
Deviation





1. ZS




.o£









z. »
N,
No. of
Tests





to




to









lo
95^ ConfiJ
S'-Sf^T





V.S9




•1^









•f.lo
snce Limits
v" - * ^
x -X-/JT





















VS-





>IO




>/o


>/o






JVZX-
Xo-X'





















-XL-X'
_>1
c
O
iu
^
i.
o
3
t-
O
u.

-xl x
ff1
o
-a
C
3
X
[.

Probahih
Lvceedmg
Heron mended
[ iniit





O




o


o






.00 A
H of
IlW.i:
M:,nJa: rv
Lirrn





















                                         Figure B-3.  Calculations for Probability of  Exceeding

                                                        the  Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                                  (sheet  2 of  2)
n
 i
to
-3
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride. F
Iron, Fe
Manganese. IMn
Odor. Threshold
dumber
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids, TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
50. 0-53. 7°F 0
53. 8-58. 3°K 0
58. 4-63. 8°F 0
9 . 7
8 .5
8 .3
63. 9-70. 6"F 0. 7 2
70. 7-79. 2°F 0.7 .0
79. 3-90. 5"F 0.6 0.8
0.3 mg/l
0.5 mg/t
3
0.001 mg/£
Not objectionable
500. mg/ 1
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Mean
•_)

tos£
mQt




£*^

Deviation
* 0O

mOl*)
*o 3




2,7

N,
No. of
Tests
t

II





//

x'=x+^


. O2^>
, O3V




"TiSIF

x"-x-^










Z-Score Values
X, - X1


fit.
y




<~~.~79













•XL'X"
73


-^A



Probability of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit
o ^

m Of
— ^>^r




- 70

Mandatorv
Linnit










                 In 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month,  or in >f>"V of samples when >20 samples/month.





                                                     Control Characteristics  Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Kesidu;il
Hardness
Ph
0. On me/ I
0.4 me/«
80 mg/t
XL xu
ci. 6 9. 5
















































                                                                    Figure B-3  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                         (sheet  1 of  2)
                                                                 WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
O
 I
to
00
Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only

Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory
                                                       County Health Department
                                                                                    State Health Department
                   Water Supply System: Name  f&fUGm
                                   Location	___^_
                   Data for: Raw Water
                                               Treated Water
                                                                    Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonre movables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate, ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd

lent. Cr 6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide. CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver. Ag
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -«B
Strontium-ail
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinkine Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/f
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 me/I
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/l
10auc/£
a) XiorX2: 10%* /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10 ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>5%when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z- Score Value;

X
tfean

















f+



Deviation





















N.
No. of
Tests

















29



95^ ConHJ
v ' - v * 2i
X -X+/n





















;nce Limits
V" - V 2-
X -*-sjT





















X,- X'





















X,-X'





















XL- x"
C
O
;u
L,
O
3
X
L,
O
U-
x-,-x-
a
~c
O
-o
I,
Prohihilitv of
L\r eeding
Kerntr mended
I irr.it

















l.oo



IAVS:
Man:ia:.-.rv
Limn





















                                           Figure B-3.   Calculations  for Probability  of Exceeding
                                                          the Drinking Water  Standards
-------
                                                                                                                                     (sheet 2 of 2)
o

DO
CD
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
Iron, Fe
Manganese, Mn
Odor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids. TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking-water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
XL Xu
50. 0-53. 7°F 0. 9 1.7
53. 8-58. 3°F 0. 8 1.5
58. 4-63. 8°F 0. 8 1.3
63. 9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70. 7-79. 2°F 0. 7 1.0
79. 3-90. 5"F 0.6 0.8
0. 3 mg/ I
0. 5 mg/ I
3
0.001 mg/t
Not objectionable
500. mg/ L
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Vlean
3






$&*3f

#
Deviation







Jo

N,
No. of
Tests







:?'/


V - V | 2fr
•^n







34>ts


=., - 0 23-
•Tr









Z- Score
X, - X'







ky,/i

X2 - X '









Values

AL A
e


y.^'


Prohahilitv of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit







.99 9/

Mandatory
Limit









                   In 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.



                                                       Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated  and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 ing/ t
0.4 mg/«
80 mg/£
XL XU
5.6 9. 5
















































                                                                      Figure B-3  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                       (sheet  1  of 2)
                                                                WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
o

CO
o
                  Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only

                  Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory _


                  Water Supply System: Name  _

                                  Location
County Health Department _
                             State Health Department
                  Data for: Raw Water
                                             Treated Water
                                                                   Distributed Water
                                                                                                                     Sot* r^c
Constituent
Nonremovables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr °
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium. Se
Silver, Afi
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -zze
Strontium-SU
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mc/i
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 mfi/t
1.0
0.01
0.05
^^"


0.2
0.05
J_, -
0.01
0.05


3uuc / 1
10nuc/i
a)XiorX2: 10% + /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>5%when
>20 samples/month
c) 1 /100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml*
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Score Values

X
Wean




















jkd.
Deviation




















yfA
N.
No. of
Tests




















•^
95^ ConfiJ
— t — 2"




















"S^tif
;nce Limits





















V V '
-7-




















"- f*
X, - X '





















\ S"
I
T3
O
3
L.
a
O
13
L
3
L.

Probabil itv of
Lxceeding
Recon menrled
I mm





f£




f^









+ 9i
I >U'S:
Limit





















                                          Figure B-3.  Calculations for  Probability  of Exceeding

                                                         the Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                                (sheet 2  of 2)
n
 i
CO
Creek, Source e.
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
[ron, Fe
Manganese, Mn
Ddor, Threshold
dumber
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids^ TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
X
50. 0-53. 7°F 0
53. 8-58. 3°F 0
58. 4-63. 8°F 0
63.9-70. 6°F 0
70. 7-79. 2°F 0
79. 3-90. 5°F 0
0. 3 mg/t
0.5 mg/t
3
0.001 mg/i
Not obiectionable
500. mg/i
5 units

9 1.7
8 1.5
8 1.3
7 1 2
7 1.0
6 0.8





4^


Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Wean
'
•Jltf





^4*7

Deviation

• O%





4^

N,
No. of
Tests

fe





£


x' - x+ ^
1 sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.





                                                    Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 me/t
0.4 mg/t
80 mg/t
XL Xu
5.6 9.5
















































                                                                   Figure B-3 (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                         (sheet  1  of 2)
                                                                  WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
O
 I
oo
to
Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory

Water Supply System: Name
                Location
                                                       County Health Department
                                                                                    State Health L)epartmfr:t
                    Data for: Raw Water
                                               Treated Water
                                                                     Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonremovables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium. Ba
Cadmium^ Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract. CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver. Ag
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc, Zn
Radium -«6
Strontium-SU
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/t
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 mg/t
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/t
lOuuc/J
!a) XlorX2: 10%* /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <2Q sam
pies/month, or>5%when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
• >3/50 ml, >4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z- Score Values
X
lie an

















ry-



Deviation





















N.
No. of
Tests

















8



95^ Confid
*'-*^





















snce Limits
n4
«"=s-^-





















VI1












































XL-S"
"c
D
CJ
T3
c
O
3
L.
o
X.

.\, ,\
-------
                                                                                                                                (sheet 2  of 2)
Ki vcr Sou *-c c
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
Iron, Fe
Manganese, Mn
Ddor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids. TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
XL Xu
50. 0-53. 7°F 0.9 1.7
53. 8-58. 3°F 0.8 1.5
58. 4-63. 8°F .0.8 1.3
63.9-70. 6°F 0.7 12
70. 7-79. 2°F 0.7 1.0
79. 3-90. 5°F 0.6 0.8
0.3 mg/jt
0.5 mg/t
3
0.001 mg/t
Not objectionable
500. mg/i
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Vlean
•>






ia.~f

e
Deviation







ff~

N.
No. of
Tests







ISO?


rv Y i ^
"Tl







3&.¥-

x-x-f









Z-Score
X, - X'







^X-/












Values
X. - X"
LJ
e


N;v


Prohahilitv of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit







.90

Mandatory
Limit









o

oo
oo
               In 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month,  or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.




                                                   Control Characteristics  Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 me/ t
0.4 me/ I
80 mg/i
XL XU
5.6 9.5
















































                                                                  Figure B-3  (Continued)
-------
(1)
Constituent
Bacteria:
Coliform
Physical:
Turbidity
Color
Threshold Odor
Taste
Chemical,
Uecommended:
ABS
As
Cl
Cu
CCK
CN
Fe
Mn
NO:)
Phenols
S04
TDS
Zn
Chemical,
Mandatory:
As
Ba
Cd
Cr+6
CN
F
Pb
Se
Ag
Radioactivity:
Ra226
Sr90
(2)
Weight
Factor
U)

a
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
X
3
9
9
9

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
(3)
I-HU nws)
P<; DWS) from FiE. G-3
L&0

Q,1&
0,OO 3



•


O.cf
0









O




(4)
(2) x (3)


7, 0*6.
d.0*7



e


d 63
o









0




7* ^""'-Jo.ff7
£xs&ys
** 2 |(2) x(3) i 79
S(2>i
(5)
E|(2I x(3) ;
(2) X (3) -r i«l '
n
i '""l '
31.1.

3,1 «9
o,/



0,0


a.o
p.o
o.o









0.0





Figure B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                      of 1962
                        C-34
-------
(1)
Constituent
bacteria:
Coiiform
physical:
Turbidity
Color
Threshold Odor
Taste
Chemical,
Recommended:
ABS '
As
Cl
Cu
CCK
CN
Ke
Mn
Phenols
S04
TDS
Zn
Chemical,
Mandatory:
As
Ba
Cd
Cr*6
CN
F
Pb
Se
Ag
Radioactivity:
Ra.226
Sr90
(2)
Weight
Factor

10

9
Ji-
9
9
9
9
9
IT
9
9
9,
9
^9,
3
9
9
9

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
(3)
i-H(i nwsi
P(l IIWS) from Fifi. CI-3

A 00

.99
.61



o.oo


**?3S"
0.00















(4)
(2) x (3)

/O.OO

8.91
7.29



o.oo


£.41 &
o.oo















** "ep'^-j*.*!*
Cheett Stttrc €
S |(2)x(3)|i ^_
j — / ~ n -
> £<2>i
(5)
£1(21 x (3)1.
(2>x(3)+ i-11
n
i "l<2>i

is. 9

/4.2
13,3



0,0


/s-.s-
o.o
















Figure B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                       of 1962
                       C-35
-------
(1)




Constituent
iactena:
Coliform
Physical:
Turbidity
Color
Threshold Odor
Taste
fhrmicat.
tecommended:
ABS
As
Cl
Cu
CCK
CN
Ke
Mn
NO3
Phenols
SO4
TDS
Zn
Chemical,
Mandatory:
As
Ba
Cd
Cr+6
CN
F
Pb
Se
Ag
Radioactivity:
Ra226
Sr<>0
(2)



Weight
Factor

10
•
9
9
9


9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9


10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
(3)



\-v(t nws)
PC riWS) from FiE. G-3

1,00

0.98































(4)




(2) x (3)

/0'00

8,82.































_ "-> 1 1
Rive* £0«*e • .2 m x 01 1
-ftu/ A/*ife^ ^&An^ « |(2)
(5)
n
21(21 x (3)|,
(2) x (3)+ i=l
n
E(2>i
i • 1

I0»l

8.0

































Figure B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                       of 1962
                        C-36
-------
Raw Water
Treatment
-------
                              APPENDIX D
                 SURVEY OF RAW WATER TREATMENT

A.    Water Treatment Capcity Data
      1.    Maximum present demand for water             4-.fl  MGD
           In-plant requirements                          Q.4.  MGD
           Fire flow requirements,  Table D-f              7. 2>  MGD
                                                   Total  12.4-  MGD
      2.    Minimum daily storage between treatment             m'H'
           and distribution system                         «62,   gallons
                                                                million
      3.    Minimum daily storage in the distribution system   £.   gallons
      4.    Total minimal daily storage, 2 + 3 = £..62. million gallons
      5.    Flow  from storage following treatment that can
           be delivered for fire flow duration,
           (2 + 3) x  (fire flow storage factor from Table D-l')= €>» 3 MGD
                 TABLE D-b REQUIRED FIRE FLOW11
Required Fire Flow for Average City Duration Storage
Population
1,000
1,500
2,000
3,000
4, 000
5,000
6,000
10,000
17,000
27,000
40,000
75,000
200,000
(gpm)
. 1,000
1,250
1,500
1,750
2,000
2,250
2,500
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
8.000
12,000
(MGD)
1.44
1.80
2.16
2.52
2.88
3.24
3. 60
4.32
5.76
7.20
8.64
11.52
17.28
(hr)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Factor*
6.0
4.8
4.0
3.4
3.0
2.7
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
Over 200, 000 population,  12, 000 gpm, with 2, 000 to 8, 000 gpm
additional for a second fire, for a 10-hour duration.
*Storage factor is ratio of total storage to MGD of fire flow.
                                  D-l
-------
 6.     Required treatment capacity at present is 1 - 5 = 6t I  MGD
 7.     Maximum' demand fivo yoa^o frorai pmoooiit       1.9  MGD
       Plant requirements                             O.Q  MGD
       Fire flow requirements,  Table B-l              &6  MGD
                                               Total 17.3  MGD
                                 i960                     million
 8.     Storage in clearwell fivo yoara from present     . £Z  gallons
                                ,|9gO                     miUion
 9.     Distribution storage fivo-yoaro from prcoont       4- gallons
                                       I9fio
10.     Storage fire flow for duration,  five ycaro from
       ppocoftt = (8 + 9)x(storage factor from Table D-l) = ||,|  MGD
                               i960
1 1 .     Treatment capacity fivo ycara from preach is 7 - 10 =6, 2 MGD
12.     What is the rated capacity of the following operations:
            Flocculations basins                     5, &  MGD
            Sedimentation basins                     5, 5  MGD
            Sand and /or  diatomite filters             S , 5  MGD
            •Softening  eftffiffui  ii on- mangairese removal       MGP-
            4on cJtGhanc ooftcncra • /VA- --- - -      MGIX
13.     Is the smallest rated capacity greater than
       the present required capacity?
14.     What is the over- capacity (if any) of the
                                            /
       operations with respect to the demand fnre
       ycaro from the present (demand from 11 above)?
       Flocculation basins
       Sedimentation basins     ~-  =                  >9&
      feu
                            Demand
                             D-2
-------
      15.    If the demand exceeds capacity for an operation in 14 above,
            recompute using present demand:
                  Flocculation basins  Capacity /Demand =
                  Sedimentation basina^^Capacity/Demand=  	
                                   \*
                  Filters  Capacity/Demand =               	
                  Softeners  Capacity/Demand =             	
                  Ion excha/fge  softener  Capacity/Demand -	
            Note: Make/a note in the rating summary that
                  demand in five years exceeds present
                  capacity and that present demands are
                  ised to rate the  system.
      16.    Has water  system ever discontinued or curtailed service
            to customers due to lack of treatment capacity?     HO
            a.     Times  per year                              Q1
            b.     Days per time                               "~"
            c.    Calculate historical water treatment
                             u-i-4.  T3   365 -       _   ,  _
                  supply capability Bj. = - ^RE;  —  ~   I,O
B.    Water Treatment Reliability

      1.    Using the matrix of treatment operations in Figure D-l,
           detail each operation using the Tables from Appendix A
           and calculate the reliability and the failure effects of each
           operation and the subsystem.  See page D-9 through D-38
           for the demonstration system.   The following must be con-
           sidered in the computation of reliability
           a.    Standby equipment for each operation where needed.
           b.    In the case of the items in A. 14 with respect to
                 standby redundancy, the following rules apply:
                      For flocculation basins, sedimentation basins,
                      and softeners, the redundancy is calculated by
                      dividing the number of units by the ratios in
                                D-3
-------
12 TREAT RAW WATER







F 12111 COARSE SCREEN RAW WAT FJ1.'
-1212 PREDISINFECT RAW WATER



-1222 COAGULATE, FLOCCULATE,


-1231 SPECIAL DISINFECTION TREATMENT 	
-12113 MICRO-STRAIN RAW WATER
-12121 PREDISINFECT DIRECTLY WITH Clj GAS
-12122 PREDISINFECT WITH Clj GAS SOLUTION FESD
-12123 PREDISINFECT WITH LICJUID Clj EVAPORATOR
-12124 PREDISINFECT WITH DRY HYPOCHLORITE
-12125 PREDISINFECT WITH HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
-12126 PREDISINFECT WITH CHLORINE DIOXIDE
-12141 SPRAY AERATE RAW WATER
-12142 AERATE WITH MULTIPLE TRAYS
-12144 AERATE WITH DIFFUSION AERATOR
-12145 AERATE WITH MECHANICAL AERATOR
-12212 SOFTEN WITH ION EXCHANGE
E'2221 ADD CHEMICALS AND RAPID MIX
2222 COAGULATE AND FLOCCULATE
2223 SETTLE FLOCCED PARTICLES
-12231 FILTER WITH GRAVITY FILTER
"-I2232 FILTER WITH PRESSURE FILTER
-12241 DIRECTLY AND CHLORINE GAS FEED
H2242 CHLORINE GAS SOLUTION FEED
-12243 LIQUID CHLORINE GAS EVAPORATOR FEED
-12244 DRY HYPOCHLORITE FEED
-12245 HYPOCHLORITf SOLUTION FEED
-12246 CHIORINE DIOX'DE FEED
12312 OZONATE WATER
TASTES AND ODORS
-1233 PROVIDE SPECIAL TREATMENT 	 12331 ADD FLUORIDE TO WATER
F
r
L
                                                                                                      122112 ADD CHEMICALS AND MIX,
                                                                                                          COAGULATE AND FLOC-
                                                                                                          CULATE, SETTLE FLOCCED
                                                                                                          PARTICLES
                                                                                                      12311 AERATION
                                                                                                      123112 ADD REDUCING CHEMICALS

                                                                                                      123113 ACTIVATED CARBON
                Figure D-l.  Structure and Matrix for Raw Water Treatment,  Subsystem 12
-------
                 A. 14 and rounding up to the nearest whole num-
                 ber.  The result is the number of required units;
                 substracting required units from number of in-
                 stalled units gives redundancy or number of standby
                 units.  These should be used  in conjunction with
                 Figure A-2.; or Table A-3.

2.    Other Considerations for Rating  Treatment System
      a.    Are there common walls between finished and
            lesser quality water?  If yes, make the
            following calculations:
            Quantity, n, of common walls ^              3
            Obtain reliability from Figure D-2  by entering
            n on the ordinate  and reading reliability from
            the absicissa.
            .Reliability is                             0.997
      b.    Are there interconnections to other treat-
            ment systems? If yes, compute system
                                                      NO
            adequacy and reliability and enter here.     '^w
                 Reliability is                       P.—"""
                 Adequacy is                        Pr—••
            Can the treatment plant be bypassed?  If
            yes,  model the components that must fail
            in order to bypass treatment.   Compute     ^*"
            their availability and enter here as        Or  "
+ TL* *n emergency  siktvHo*, pipe  c^n be>  teldl  -hs  tovmecf
•H\*  cHy  supply -K»  -VVrtrt-  «-P  9  nearby mi
                             D-5
-------
0)
K
                          o         o m co c- to  i
                          N         i-l

                        n, Number of Common Walls
                                                     CO     CM
             Figure D-2.. Reliability of Common Walls for
                 Finished and Lesser Quality Water
                                   D-6
-------
d.    Indicate operating problems most often encountered.
                          Is special treatment provided?
Phenols
Taste and odor *--
Corrosive water t*
Short filter runs ^-
Turbidity **-**

Other, specify
Yes
Yes £-^*
•* Yes t^
- Yes f
Yes i^*


No
No
No
No
No



Yes
No
      Be sure all special treatment processes are included
      in model in B. 1 above.
e.     Are there cross-connections of lesser and higher
      quality water in the treatment subsystem such as
      i.    Special bypasses at pumps to allow
           pumps to serve lesser quality water?  K 0	
     ii.    Pump packing gland seal water?
    iii.    Chemical feeders?
     iv.    Deicing equipment?
     v.    Laboratory sampling lines and
           sinks?
     vi.    Sanitary facilities?
    vii.    Other?
      Model the reliability of components associated with a
      cross-connection and enter the reliability as a
                       D-7
-------
                 cross-connection potential into Appendix A and B.
           f.    Is adequate chlorine contact time allowed?  Unless
                 bacteriological or other tests indicate a need for
                 maintaining a higher minimum concentration of resi-
                 dual chlorine, a minimum of at least 0. 4 milligram
                 of free chlorine per liter should be maintained in the
                 treated water for an actual contact period of at least 30
                 minutes before delivery to the first consumer.  If
                 chloramine (combined chlorine) treatment is used for
                 disinfection, the residual chlorine concentration as
                 indicated by the orthotolidine method should be at  least
                 2. 0 milligrams per liter after at least three hours of
                 contact before delivery to the first consumer.  When
                 required, the state health department should direct that
                 the minimum concentration of residual chlorine,  and the
                 minimum retention period for  the chlorinated water
                 should be increased.

           g.    Refer to the failure modes and effects analysis
                 (Appendix I, Figure 1-4) to determine effects of
                 failure on system reliability.  These effects are
                 considered  when modeling the  system for reliability
                 analysis.

C.    Calculate the probability that treated water will exceed the con-
      stituent limits of the drinking water standards and the water
      quality rating for the subsystem using the  procedures of
      Appendix B.  See pages  D-39 through D-45 for the demonstra-
      tion system.
                                D-8
-------
a
i
CO
.12 TREAT RAW WATER,

|— {[21 PRETREAT RAW WATERj 	


Lf7i3 PROVIDE SPECIAlI
V^ TREATMENT — -4 	


41211 SCREEN RAW WATERl 	
-1212 PREDISINFECT RAW WATER 	


-1222 COAGULATE, FLOCCULATE,


X* ' ^«^^^^^^.

-1231 SPECIAL DISINFECTION IREATMENT 	
-12112 FINE SCREEN RAW WATER
-12113 MICRO-STRAIN RAW WATER
-12121 PREDISINFECT DIRECTLY WITH Cl- GAS
-12122 PREDISINFECT WITH CI2 GAS SOLUTION FE^D
-12123 PREDISINFECT WITH LIUUID Clj EVAPORATOR
-12124 PREDISINFECT WITH DRY HYPOCHLORI1E
-12125 PREDISINFECT WITH HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
-12126 PREDISINFECT WITH CHLORINE DIOXIDE
•12131 PLAIN SETTLE RAW WATER WITH CLARIFtR
r-12141 SPRAY AERATE RAW WATER
-12142 AERATE WITH MULTIPLE TRAYS
-12144 AERATE WITH DIFFUSION AERATOR
-12145 AERATE WITH MECHANICAL AERATOR
[-122111
Ul22ll2
-12212 SOFTEN WITH ION EXCHANGE
-12221 ADD CHEMICALS AND RAPID MIX
-12222 COAGULATE AND FLOCCULATE
H2223 SETTLE FLOCCED PARTICLES
-12231 FILTER WITH GRAVITY FILTER
M2232 FILTER WITH PRESSURE FILTER
f|2242 CHLORINE GAS SOLUTION FEElLj 	 \tf| M|fy^Q
-12244 DRY HYPOCHLORITE FEED
-12245 HYPCCHLORITf iOLUTION FEED
-12246 CH1ORINE DIOX'DE FEED
El 2311
1 23113
-12312 OZONATE WATER
, TASTES AND ODORS
If7233 PROVIDE SPECIAL TRCATMENlJ 	 g 	 ^2331 ADD FLUORIDE TO WATEy
^"TwSfy*" **fcr> wivm tpoft iP"*
PRETREAT FOR COjREMOVAL
ADD CHEMICALS AND MIX,
COAGULATE AND FLOC-
CULATE, SETTLE FLOCCED
PARTICLES
mi* Feea^)
AERATION
ADD REDUCING CHEMICALS
ACTIVATED CAfBON
COMTROtJ
                     Figure D-l. Structure and Matrix for Raw Water Treatment,  Subsystem 12
-------
                                  TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description: C.
Stage Identification Number:
      (1)
                                                 e.-rv
                                                      Raw
Mo
mber: 1 7.1 il
!2) (3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
Bav Scree>v Ixtate











Quantity
Installed
N
£











Quantity
Required
n
Z,











Quantity
Standby
S
O











Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.999,9











RN
. 9?9











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = .99&
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R9 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
_-











	 •
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K2 -,99& x — = ,^9S
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
d
I
-------
                           TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description: CMevfne  Ga.s
Stage Identification Number:   12.24-z.
       (1)             (2)        (3)
                                      L->vpou.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
.£.
O Vi \ovi rt&4~ov*
Hea-tftv-
Cklovi'ne "Bottler
Sea\es
E.lee_+*-fc "PovJPv
AmrMnvuB F\;
toviyvs 's
r«r«»' 5~/m«
Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.9973
.99o3
.9996
f\tS(At~e 1 —
.999»
.9973
.9996

ty «-f trac-+tvielo«t
iAtf^ p^»~fi)rm«dt ,
:^.
.• -fKeire-fbrel a -tv«.e s+a*cL
RN
-
. 9?03
.999?-
l-
.9991
.9973
.?99&>

jrg| e.i3wta»tinz
PCcoM ^ pui.) >C f

»/ eow(4rt>M 
-------
                                     TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:

Stage Identification Number:  l*a.23l

       (1)              (2)         (3)
                                                       "
                                                         o
                         jLvv\.Do/.j vidf
                                                      (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
Flu ftvi'rJle f^pfyie tr
pVuWiie TavJc.



Tank (_olvT/*T) i






Quantity
Installed
N
/
2.



»0"t" ffii»*t






Quantity
Required
n
1
1



£tfc>4 ^






Quantity
Standby
S
O
1*



ft*-pAre,






Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
. 99^0
.99AS-



3 s -havi<4 IDV <•






RJN
.99 tO
.998S-



4<9fs vxoT" 4vul
'





Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = .99^^*"
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R% =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
. —
—



y £>yls+,






	 	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of HI x K2 =.9Wx — = ,99-2-^
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
O
I
I—»
to
-------
                                    TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
         Operation Description: Adi*e Peet/fii-
Fl«*.t Lsvef CWrollar
FUu t£e-------
                              TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description: ~] ">-€a.+-
Stage Identification Number:
JZ.
                                            11)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
JSl JIJ
» ZZVZ.
IZ1>5/
/Z33Z-









(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
I
/
I









(3)
Quantity
Required
n
/
/
/
/









(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
-------
G
 i
h-»
cn
Il2 TREAT RAW WATER-

p-^121 PRETREAT RAW WATER 1 	






rv2"
-1212
-1213
-1214
-1222
-1223
^1224
-1231
-1232




PREDISINFECT RAW WATER 	


COAGULATE, FLOCCULATE,




-12113
-12121
-12122
•12123
-12124
•12125
•12126
12131
-12141
•12142
•12144
-12145
C'2211
2212
E'2221
2222
2223
pi 2231
LI 2232
pi 2241
IT2242
-12243
-12244
-12246
^ 12311
12312

COARSE SC"EEN RAWWA7H/.J
FINE SCREEN RAW WATER
MICRO-STRAIN RAW WATER
PREDISINFECT DIRECTLY WITH Clj GAS
PREDISINFECT WITH Clj GAS SOLUTION FE^D
PREDISINFECT WITH LIQUID Clj EVAPORATOR
PREDISINFECT WITH DRY HYPOCHLORI1E
PREDISINFECT WITH HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
PREDISINFECT WITH CHLORINE DIOXIDE
PLAIN SETTLE RAW WATER WITH CLARIFtR
SPRAY AERATE RAV\ WATER
AERATE WITH MULTIPLE TRAYS
AERATE WITH CASCADES
AERATE WITH DIFFUSION AERATOR
AERATE WITH MECHANICAL AERATOR
pi 22111 PRETREAT FOR COjREMOVAL
1—122112 ADD CHEMICALS AND MIX,
CULATE, SETTLE FLOCCED
PARTICLES
SOFTEN WITH ION EXCHANGE
ADD CHEMICALS AND RAPID MIX
COAGULATE AND FLOCCULATE
SETTLE FLOCCED PARTICLES
FILTER WITH GRAVITY FILTER
FILTER WITH PRESSURE FILTER

CHLORINE GAS SOLUTION FEED J-^^^/Jf/WOV//* rCV^tJ
LIQUID CHLORINE GAS EVAPORATOR FEED
DRY HYPOCHLORITE FEED
HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION FEED
CHIORINE DIOX'DE FEED
El 2311 AERATION
123112 ADD REDUCING CHEMICALS
123113 ACTIVATED CAP BON
OZONATE WATER
CARBON ADDITION TO REMOVE
TASTES AND ODORS
Ann FI iinRinF TO WATER
                     Figure D-l.  Structure and Matrix for Raw Water Treatment, Subsystem  12
-------
                                  TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
        Operation Description: C?oa
        Stage Identification Number:
              (1)
mber: 12.111
!2) (3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
2>cvee»\ Pv^iedl
/
•S'Vr'w.e. V \xv e.










Quantity
Installed
N
/
/










Quantity
Required
n
/
/










Quantity
Standby
S
o
0










Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fis.F-2)
.9993
.9998










R^
.9*993
«999B










Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = HI = . 999/
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
. —
*—










	 .
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =.999I x — ~.999/
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
I
h-*
O3
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:  Di.sin-1
                                                UJatev ---
Stage Identification Number:   /a.2.4*2-


      (1)             (2)         (3)
                                                     (4)
                                                          (5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
PiW
1 •
j«*
XIKloWnato y
£kla».w. "Satfle.*"
A MiM4 OVM a F^=>f^ ft v-
A*MBS««U'A "T^svtfisi
Mca-t-ev

CWav'.maW vwoa.4
O.I * J0fo <5/D X
£*%>£o*,*/W)
.,5yS"/r»#t f&tiJ\ i

Quantity
Installed
N
/
/
/
/
/
*

fee «"? DMA
< y?& fVtlKl

V~,e. a

Quantity
Required
n
/
/
/
/
/
/

4f£ -Pcov**,
TO CHGN&&

DG&/£ Jto

Quantity
Standby
S
O
G
O
0
0
O

i<»vwife
.9973
.999&
.9903

•tre eJk'B'M-g e Uf
^
• -yW f>allov>s. e.

&/ra>i
-------
                                      TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:_
Stage Identification Number:_
ea\.
                                                  \A/a.-Lev  —
                                                                                     (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
uni
laztfz-











(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
J











(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1
)











(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
0
0











(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.999;
.9*3











(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
.9991
. 9S3











Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri N = R^ = .982-
Standby Operations Reliability ^Product of Rj = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
__
. — .











	
Subsystem Reliability = Product of R1 x R? =??8Z-x • — - .98 1^ = R-ss
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = \_p = BSS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = Rcg x Bgg'.98?- x j.o = .9^2. .
G
oo
-------
                                                                 -1211! COARSE SCREEN RAW
d
 I
I—1
CD
12 TREAT RAWWATER-1



•See ///». p»
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION  RELIABILITY
Operation Description^

Stage Identification Number:_

      (1)             (2)
                                                         (AJa."fce> ---
(3)
(4)
                                                                   (5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
CklavM'im.+flY. "^
CVvlovmt "Bottle.

-^
r.klanritt&4«»v> *mu.&+
. S 7fo »»/*tu.TGS> -rt

, f-t>^i9jfae/ ^et^ff^
** Bo-frfes ^d-




Quantity
Installed
N
/
10

be mr*v»a
l!/M!Ma
+&JL - 4k«




Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R(from Fifi.F-2)
.9^73
.9996

-h> cHa-wftc k
?/4> y . 5^76 v %
'"tit)
s/' (•Jp/AM'tfa.frat
! ire 'fi ve M Off"
i



R^
. 9973
. 9992.

0-H-1« „ l^i-
AoA^fs - /^^

f *S" C»s?<9.?^
^-fa^^I fev „
S



Series Components Reliability - Product of Ri = RI - »&9&
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj = Ro =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	
—

.21 Mf
gyr- .,
te«?vsr . . .





, —
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 ~»99£»x — = ,$96
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
o,

N3
O
-------
                          TABLE A'1-UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:

Stage Identification Number:

      (1)            (2)
                                              .Mix,
                                                           ^ Ia4-g
(3)
                                                  (4)
                                                      (5)
                                                                       (6)
(7)
  Component Name
                  Quantity
                  Installed
                     N
                              Quantity
                              Required
                               n
                                               Quantity
                                               Standby
                                                  S
                  Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
                 R (from Fig. F-2)
                                                                               Reliability, R,
                                                                               where standby s
                                                                               are installed:
                                                                               n + s - N; R
                                                                               (from Fig. F-2)
       Feede
                     1
                                                           . 9943
                                     .996,3
Alum  Fee (lev
                                                  .99/9
                                                                                          .9999
o
I
CO
                                                    ,9969
                                                                                 ,9999
       _ya
                                                  .9999
                                     • 999fl
        "Tavvk.
                                                  .9953
                                                                           .9953
            'Ba&>
                >*\
                                                  .9983
                                                                            .193
                                                    ,9999
                                                                 _«_22Sfe_
     •  r/nr^r -1
                        ^i
                                             N '
  Series Components Reliability = Product of Ri  = RI =
                                                                     $&*?
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ - R2 =
Unit Operation Reliability.  R  = Product of RI x K2 m3&3-
                                                                                  .9998
  Enter R  in Column (5) of Table F-2.
-------
                                   TABLE A-1.
  OPERATION RELIABILITY
        Operation Description:   Fii4
        Stage Identification Number:  / -3,

              (1)             (2)         (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
FilW \o*A ^

/Ma»%j.a./ l/<3/i/£s
jcyjfo *?„*:.&
LUae>he->ater Valves

£o*uuen LJaH utii-h
ClRa.r<~/e.l)




Quantity
Installed
N
1. S 
¥
£>
6>
I

I




Quantity
Required
n
n /FT* /
3
^
(S
(=>
f

t




Quantity
Standby
S
T*e«£Pofl
3
0
o
0
o

o




Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
& tmu= OF RI

.9994
. ^95f
.999t>
.99*9

. 999




R.N
.T«e^ ACL^ ^
-
. 999 &
. 992-
^^^3 ^/
^3^} ^5^1

. S>$>5?




Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = 0 95-S"
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ - R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n+ s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
-0/\J3?BV' {



—
—
. 	

—




/
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =.985" x /- = ,?8S~
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.


t\D
DO
-------
TABLE A-l. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
     "P r
d *
1
to
GO
Stage Identificatio
(1)
Component Name
f*i>\ (fit- 1 nate y
<"hlfcvMx*e. "Botfle

ssor&: .£? Ln-fA
,^M ,s// MfA
-, OQ& 7>^0i
i£r#*bi/,-jy =



/« /-d*y lA/mrtf

n Number: Jitj/i-
(2) (3) (4) (5)
Quantity
Installed
N


*A»eL -t-fof*
^9^^3)f <&?) f
/• ^* ~" \7 f
~~ ^&« 'C.





N
Series Components Reliability = Product of Ri = RI = *999b
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ = R2 -
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
. 9999
_ .

e*o*r/su»;»3-







,<5>999
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x. R2 =>£P0£x(.55HP= » ?99£~
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
-------
                                   TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RL'LI ABILITY
         Operation Description:  AoQpP
Stage Identification Number:


      (1)             (2)
                                          (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
fJlAOricLf f*>f*llHr
Pfaorteit ^MUMt




.
!
Quantity
Installed
N
/
/





i .
( "
1
!
i
/
Quantity
Required
n
/
/










Quantity
Standby
S
0
O





Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
, 9940
.992s-





i
t
i
RW
.90VO
,999s-







i
t
i



fyT
Series Components Reliability = Product of Rj. = RI - ,99 "2--
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R-Y = R? =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
_
	 .






I
|

i

—
Unit Operation Reliability, R - Product of RI x R2 =Jp9z. x — = ,J?92-
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
a
i
(S3
-------
                                    TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description: Aaiol  £//nc  -fa
                                                              p
                                                                 H  —
Stage Identification Number:_


      (1)             (2)
                                          (3)
                                            (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
//'/xe Fecale**











Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
/











Quantity
Standby
S
O











Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99f>3











RW
. 9963











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = ,99^^
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s - N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	











— -
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 T^ffei x — = .<99fe3
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
d
I
to
Ol
-------
                                          TABLE A-2.  ;iL'l?SYSTEM RELIABILITY
I
CO
O5
Subsystem Description
Stage Identification Ni
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
/2/^.a^
/Z1--2-
X2-2-5/
/IZ^Z-
/233/
11331-
Xi32J

i
!
f
•
r "" "
j
(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
/
/
/
/
/
/
Iml^eA
11 3 Z/ ;Z

n: / Ktfa/- ^"^^.j Cl/3.^:f^ — Cj^-




(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
.996,
.986
.985
. 999
,99z-
.996





\
\
%
Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri =Rt - ,92.2.
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve Ri in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
	
—
—
— .
—
—



I

;
•

Standby Operations fleiiabiiity -Product of R^ = R0 -
Subsystem Reliability = Product of R} x R9 =/9z*. x — = .JZ2* - RSs
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = i.o - BS3
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water - R x Eqs-.9z7. x /.D - .91*. .
-------
d
 I
to
                                                                 • 1211  SCREEN RAW WATER!
JI21II COARSE SCREEN RAW'.Vu:i!• 1
-12112 FINE SCREEN RAW WATER
-12113 MICRO-STRAIN RAW WATER
H212I PREOISINFECT DIRECTLY WITH CU GAS
                                       121  PRETREAT RAW WATE7I	 J212 PREDISINFECT RAW WATF.RJ-
                                                                                                    [12122 PREDISINFECT WITH CI0 GAS SOLUflON FEED J
                                                                 -1213 PLAIN SETTLE RAW WATER -
                                                                L1214 AERATE RAW WATER -
-12124 PREOISINFECT WITH DRY HYPOCHLORI1E
-12125 PREDISINFECT WITH HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
-12126 PREDISINFECT WITH CHLORINE DIOXIDE
 12131 PLAIN SETTLE RAW WATER WITH CLARIFIR
1-12141 SPRAY AERATE RAVi WATER
-12142 AERATE WITH MULTIPLE TRAYS
 12143 AERATE WITH CASCADES
-12144 AERATE WITH DIFFUSION AERATOR
-12145 AERATE WITH MECHANICAL AERATOR
-12211 SOFTEN WITH LIME-SODA-ASH-
                                                                                                                                             r 1->2
                                                                                                                                             Ul221l2 ADD CHEMICALS AND MIX,
                                                                                                                                             1        COAGULATE AND FLOC-
                                                                                                                                                     CULATE, SETTLE FLOCCED


M23 PROVIDE SPECIAL!

M2212 SOFTEN WITH ION EXCHANGE
{1222 COAGULATE, FLOCCULATE J




-1231 SPECIAL DISINFECTION TREATMENT 	 J
ftl232 TREATWITHCARSO^ 	 1
Lf[233 PROVIDE SPECIAL TRCATMEmJ 	 . 	 1
( 2222 COAGULATE AND FLOCCULATED
jfzM^JntrotrTTGiSvTiTFiLTE^
-12241 DIRECTLY AND CHLORINE GAS FEED
f2242 CHLORINE GA: SOLUTIOl7T?llj
-12243 LIQUID CHLORINE GAS EVAPORATOR FtlD
-12244 DRY HYPOCHLORITE FEED
-12245 HYPOCHLORIT1; SOLUTION FEED
-12244 CH1ORINE DIOX'DE FEED
12312 OZONATE WATER
PI2321 CARBON ADDITION TORfBfB^
^^^^TASTESANDODCJgS^^iii^^
GraMADDFLUORIDtTCmTn^
*TUvit Aoi> M«ne pott
PARTICLES
E 12311 AERATION
123112 ADD REDUCING CHEMICALS
123113 ACTIVATED CAP BON
?U COKTItoJ^
                                  Figure  D-l.   Structure  and  Matrix  for  Raw Water Treatment,   Subsystem  12
-------
                                   TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
         Operation Description:  (2

         Stage Identification Number:

               (1)
mber: /2.I/I
!2) (3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
"TVdVft / njfi 5sc»-*»CK
Mjiwti? •^5TtfViiueEJf










Quantity
Installed
N
1
^










Quantity
Required
n
1
1










Quantity
Standby
S
o
1










Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
. 9967
_ —










RN
.99t>7
- —










Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = Rj = .99f7
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	
j 	










; —
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 -
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 =.9%7 x i- = .9967
Enter R in Column (5)-of Table F-2.
d
 i
00
-------
                                   TABLE A-1, UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description: P^^r
?*W
                                                                      SoW-Hoia FeecA. —
Stage Identification Number:_

      (1)             (2)
                                         (3)
    (4)
                                                           (5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
CKIen'wa-l-ov.
eklowne. "Bottler

/Sjate; ^ev-Mie.e
*y Iftk &/.
a^JL ^A5 im
P ~Wt
/fefftms^vfie^ /ttas'i'




Quantity
Installed
N
I
2

ts^nsi^" be
b sr ,Q«®
^

^ i 1/3
aft£/M-faef>.




Quantity
Required
n
1
1

fv«"V(?^v-u
f tf £# x&>(


r^ioxf AS




Quantity
Standby
S
0
1

*rVedl w/k^
r
) - /^>O


X?/-^>i&/V
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
ewiuva
Operation Description: AdtXf Ck


Stage Identification Number:  j"2_-2_-a


       (1)              (2)         (3)
                                                        Mi
(4)
                            (5)
                                                                                      (6)
(7)
Component Name
AluiM. Pe*v4.e.v
/V/ALCD F«°f>riLr.i^
XJgr-tatov- flOfxev-
o
/y}/jc Ptes/H
FlorctA-tatof
Se-HU»»fl "Basi«
f>> °
r i rf> *
r
t4t>-he • T>c.tCLc.t-
ac.c.ej.irir&i'i.c.e.


Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
1
/
2.
2.
1

C ross
~an*f a


Quantity
Required
n
1
I
1
/
2.
2.
1

i— e. owPtf* o^t
f -£**-


Quantity
Standby
S
0
o
0
^
o
0
o

ion r f^
S2.2.-Z- i


Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99/9
sQV/9
.99-8-7
.9982
.9a#s
.?9£3
,99£9

ot»a.b;J.~+y e*P
Or- C?r?*£


RN
. 99 J 9
- 99/9
,99ft-7
.99^^
-949/
.?96
.9959

£rc*3S-~ e*om
-SOt4 r^£ ^^


Series Components Reliability - Product of Ri - RI = , 9^» S
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
_
	 „
—
—
— .
__
. -

ec.-j~iaf\
&-


	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K2 =.%5~x — = tyf»S~
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
a
 i
CO
o
-------
                                    TABLE A-1.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:  pi |-frg».   ^i; -j


Stage Identification Number:  /ZZ3/


      (1)             (2)         (3)
                                                     (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
pi H-Cr-

^•astm
C^+^l \/a/ves
Rate Ca*+i~tlleir
Ma»aaJ l&Jv*
Z/JU.3 >• A/a Ae^ ^j turns
m * * •• "rr
F$t*a
f
S*/*Ai^*#
&**»•» U^JJ <+M
/&tj £<)*&*'
Quantity
Installed
N
Z.
f
-z-
¥
1
2.
2.
/

/

/
Quantity
Required
n
a.
W-
2.
y
/
z.
2.
/

/

/
Quantity
Standby
S
o
o

Q
0
o
o

&

0
Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99,33
.99£4
.995 3
.f^^6
' 999 b
.9999
.9987
.99*9

' 9999

. 9999
RN
.996
,99*.
-994
.99^
- 95^?^
.9999
.996
.9939

.995?

.9999
Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = , 9^3
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
.._
_
-j
. — .
. — .
—
—
^

— _

— .
	 •
Unit Operation Reliability. R = Product of RI x R2 =-W? x — ' =-97,f
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
O'
I
GO
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION  RELIABILITY
         Operation Description:


         Stage Identification Number:


                (1)             (2)
Mill
  +W C.\
(3)
   (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
£KWinarW>v-
/"kl^*<° "Bottles

A/0 TG ! /&O6L& /C.
£/*vi& a, £&?
/y^o/>- £ r>ws) . ^
& &&//Q»f,
Ji^« yjr
ai**-T> £a6
I,
« ^-^w





Quantity
Required
n
1
1

? vr *•*«
t->Sta.*ia<
Cf
w*»/ /




Quantity
Standby
S
o
z_

i/ir>- >e?fl?J
s^. _?V
P^ - "3
a/«^ y-





Reliability, R, No Standbvs, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.9973


S t-tt'^40tL/" £?A
' /V e f F* *** ~^~
*% e. &rob* b />
r. ?f-s
/A/ o v? A
?73) =• , 9973* /- - „ 99-73
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
Cf
 I
co
to
-------
                                    TABLE A-lr UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:


Stage Identification Number:


      (1)             (2)
                                                   &
                                                     *»*
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
                                                                                                     (7)
Component Name
{^ay-boy* f~&f%£fr-











Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
/











Quantity
Standby
S
&











Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
- 99&9











Rw
.9989











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = . 9989
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ - R? =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s - N; R
(from Fig. F-2)













	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K? =^89x — = . 
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:
                                   Agio*
Stage Identification Number:_


      (1)             (2)
(3)
                                                     (4)
                                                          (5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
p/^^ate. /T&*A>t~
f/MAriale. Z/^t£*f










Quantity
Installed
N
/
/










Quantity
Required
n
/
/










Quantity
Standby
S
0
0










Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
. 99¥0
^99B*>










Rw
.99*0
.99&B










Series Components Reliability = Product of RI = Rj = » 9^2-
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ - R2 -
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
__
—










	
Unit Operation Reliability, R - Product of RI x R2 =.99»- x — = P99l—
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
d
i
GO
-------
                                  TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
        Operation Description:
        Stage Identification Number:

               (1)
mber: /2J3T.3Z-.
!2) (3)

(4)
/
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
<*'»** Pej&A&i-
/./f&g. ~7a.ti.Jt~










Quantity
Installed
N
f
/










Quantity
Required
n
/
(










Quantity
Standby
S
o
o










Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.996,3
-9?£s










R^
. 99t> 3
.99&S-










Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = m 99 */
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s - N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	
. —










. 	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K2 = 99tfx — = .99^
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
CO
01
-------
                                      TABLE A-2,  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
        Subsystem Description:


        Stage Identification Number:_
(7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
1*2.111
1%/i.z*
/2.Z.2-
/2.2.3I
1 -2.2^1-
/Z3L/
/2_33/
^3**-





(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
1
/
/
/
1
1





(3)
Quantity
Required
n
/
/
I
1
1
1
/
1





(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
O
0
0
o
*0
o
o
0





(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.9?£
-997
.?£>£
.97.3
-99*7
-998
-99 i.
.9*4





(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
.996
-997
.
-------
  TABLE A-5.  OPERATION RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
  Operation
   Numher
 (l-r.-mi Tahh: F-2)
Slw(Jatf>)
&U&&&&
           (•"allure Effect
  P'acior, F
( Ki-om Tahlo (• -4)
Mllioo
           Operation
          Weight Factor
           Fraction
           393_
           (4)

          Actual
         Operation
        Reliability, Kj

       (From Table F-2)
        ^3&£_
                                        (5)
  Highest
 Operation
 ArhievabU:
KeliRhility, H,
  >
  Actual
 Operation
 Failure
  lifted
; :'ii » (4i
                                            '111. '._
 _2229_
                 32L
J&
 Low i.'.:
Operation
 Failure
                                               Operatic
                                               fiat my
      A&&
                                       .999
                     .999
                   f99tl
                  ,999
        ,9/17
            .99
^///^ttHii) &/20
          3£L
        _&!_
 3$3_
           L*o_
                    .999
                   .963
                  .999
                    .96
                    ,999
                            .999
                               .9961.QQ
                                                         .99
                                                         .60
                                      ,999
                                       .99
                                      .999
IWt
   JLfeS
.999
   99
           lifa&e.
          _3$L
       JZL
*&3_
                                              Aoo
                                          998
                                    .99
      JSB.
      .99*
     £1

     &L\

     *&.
        .%5
                                      .999
                                         ,910
                   *%L
 Summation,
                            System Failure Effect Rating
                                           .Sf(6) -i
                                           —
                             D-37
-------
 TABLE A-5.  OPERATION  RELATIVE  FAILURE EFFECT
 Operation
  Number
 om Table F-2)
    (2)

 Failure Effect
  Weightir.q
  Factor. F
(From Tahli' F-41
                        Operation
                       Weight Factor
                        Fraction
                         999
    (41

   Actual
  Operation
 Reliability, Rj
(From Table F-2)
                                   .973
                       .997
 Highest
Operation
Afluevablf:
 Actual
Operation
 Failure
 KffHftt
                                            Heliahility, K, ;  ;'i> *
                                  .999
             -959
 LUWL-'.I
Operat jun
 Failure
 Effurt
 (H) x (5)
                             .997
Operation
 Rating
                       ,97
                        -999
                       .99?
            .99
                      LOD
                         99
                       .992.
             .999
        .997
              .99
                                             .999
          WatfiOO
                        99^
            1.60
                                       az.
Summation, 2 F| =
                                System Failure Effect Rating
                                  D-38
-------
                                                                                                                          (sheet  1 of 2)
                                                                  WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
d
 I
co
CD
                    Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only


                    Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory
                    Water Supply System: Name ~J) fttf^if*. f^fa-f-S
            County Health Department _
                                         State Health Department
                    Data for: Raw Water
                                               Treated Water
                                                                     Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonremovable s:
Alkyl Benzene
Sutfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium. Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, ph
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium^ Se
Silver, Afi
Sulfate. SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium "ZZft
Strontium-au
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi
0.5 mg/i
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 mg.ll.
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


SMUC/ t
lOunc/l
a)X]orX2: 10% + /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 +(using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>5%when
>20 samples/month
!c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ;-or
>3/50 ml, >4/100 ml
7/200 ml, 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Score Values

X
Uean





















^
Deviation





















N.
No. of
Tests





















957f Confid
oA
X -XVn





















snce Limits
x" - 1 2-
x "x'^r





















X,-X'





















x,-x
)





















XL-S"
c
CJ
-o
o
3
O
u.
x,-x-
„•
5
-3
C
3
L~


Probahilitv of
L\ceeding DVVS:
Keroir mended
1 imit





















Mandatorv
Limit





















Figure
                                                                                          r-r
                                                                                          bility
  Calculations for Probability of  Exceeding

the Drinking  Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                                (sheet 2 of 2)
a
 i
^
o
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
Iron. Fe
Manganese. Mn
Ddor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids, TDS
Turbidity

Public Health
Drinking Water
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Service
Standards
Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
XL Xu
50. 0-53. 7°F 0.9 1.7
53.8-58. 3°F 0.8 1.5
58. 4-63. 8°F 0.8 1.3
63.9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70. 7-79. 2°F 0.7 1.0
79.3-90. 5°F 0.6 0.8
0.3 ma/I
0.5 me/i
3
0.001 mg/£
Not objectionable
500. mg/t
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
(/lean









f
Deviation









N,
No. of
Tests










?•*+£










5" - x 2&
x -X'-fw









Z-Score Values
X, - X'









X2-X'









X. - X"
LJ


X - X'


Probability of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit









Mandatory
Limit









                 In 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.




                                                    Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 mg/ 1
0.4 mg/i
80 nig/ 1
XL XU
5.5 9.5







9.3



.THf



31



1.3?



9.^











'!?.<*(



£AJO¥



o




                                                                   Figure B-3 (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                          (sheet 1 of 2)
                                                                   WATEK CONSTITUENT ijATA
d
'I
Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory
Water Supply System: Name
                Location"
                                                        County Health Department
                                                                                     State Health I)ep;trtnu-r.!
                    Data for: Raw Water
                                               Treated Water
                                                                      Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonremovable s:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium. Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate, NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver. Ae
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium - Z'tti
Strontium-yo
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi
0.5 m£/l
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 me/ I
1.0
0. 01
0. 05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3nuc/t
lOuuc/t
a) XlorX2: 10% <- /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 +l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>5% when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml*
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Scot-e Value?

X
llean





















Deviation





















N.
No. of
Tests





















95T, ConfiJ
x --xw





















jnce Limits
9^
X -X"^T





















X,-X'
)





















x2-x





















xl - x"
uoridu Only
o
u.

x I x
J
c
t-
3
i.

Probahih
L\ceefim^
Kernn mended
I imtt





















tv of
liU'S:
M.-.n-Ja:..r\
l.irrn





















                                           Figure B-3.   Calculations for Probability of Exceeding
                                                           the Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                                  (sheet  2 of 2)
d
 i

^
(S3
Clcatme// Cirec.4, -Sfc«< 1 sample when <20 samples/month,  or in >5m. of samples when >20 samples/month.





                                                    Control Characteristics  Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0. 05 me.1 I
0.4 me/ i
80 mg/£
XL XU
c.. G 9.5





1.33

1.9

.09
9
.ff

Jfo
itJBt
36>


/A 3 * 7
V.I

it 9

7. -7


-*#






-II, fe

-?.S-



*JT

i.&0
.&ysp
-^g?




*PCf=£l.T>0 ?CF=.«0=.l7-
                                                                   Figure B-3  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                   (sheet  1 of 2)
                                                             WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
ti
 I
£>•
GO
Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory
Water Supply System: Name
                Location
                                                  County Health Department
                                                                               State Health Department
                Data Tor: Raw Water
                                          Treated Water
                                                                Distributed Water
                                                                                          /P/Vo-
Constituent
Nonremovables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent, Cr 6
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract. CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate^ NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver. Ae
Sulfate. SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -zze
Strontium-»U
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/l
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


Mandatory
Limit. X2

0.05 mg/l
1. 0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/l
lOMMC/l
a) XlorX2: 10%+ /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month, or>5%when
>20 samples /month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
• >3/50 ml, >4/100 ml
7/200 mU 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Score Values

X
Clean





















A
Deviation





















N.
No. of
Tests





















95«; Confid
- i - y-
x =xvlf





















2nce Limits
*•••*-£





















X,-X'





















x, - x





















-V-S"
>J
C
0
•D
L.
o
3
ll.
L,
O
J-.
ILL
0
c
"D
s_

Probabilitv of
Lvceeding
Re con mended
I imit





















I>WS:
M^nda:o:-v
Limn





















                                       Figure B-3.   Calculations for Probability of Exceeding
                                                     the Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                {sheet 2 of 2)
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride. F
Iron. Fe
Manganese, Mr.
Ddor, Threshold
S umber
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids. TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi
Ave. Temp. F(L
X
Mandatory
Limit. X2
WR) F(Uppe
L. *U
58. 4-63. 8°F 0.8 1.3
63.9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70. 7-79. 2°F 0.7 1.0
79. 3-90. 5°F 0.6 0.8
0.3 me/Jt
0.5 mg/i
3
0.001 me.lt
Not obiectionable
500. mg/i
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Mean
•1







-M-

Deviation








^^

N.
No. of
Tests








?i fa1

-' - 2fr
*Ti
/.Of







•71


X" =X-29
/.«









Z-Score Values
\g'








s**[

X2-X'











XL X
9
"A/


x Li- x '



Probability of
Exceeding
Recommended
Limit
D







0

DWS:
Mandatory
Limit










In 2 consecutive samples, or in >\ sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5("' of samples when >20 samples/month.




                                    Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
                                                   Figure B-S.(Continued)
-------
Figure B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                       of 1962
                         D-45
-------
Treated Water
 Distribution
-------
                             APPENDIX E
             SURVEY OF TREATED WATER DISTRIBUTION

A.    Distribution Data
      1.     Pump station
            a.    Quantity and Capacity
                       Pump No.            Capacity (MOD)

                        I- Rwev            	\.O	
                       2.- Riygv             	2..O	
                        >- Oeek                0.8
                       2,- Oe«U.                2.O

                       3- C^ee.k                Z. Z,

                        4- - Cv-eel. Z.
                Total:  (b   ixwA.;              & -
           b.    What is maximum capacity available from
                 discharge manifold?                       5.$   MOD
           c.    During past five years,  what was the
                 maximum peak day  demand for
                 water?                                    5. 7 _ MGD
           d.    During past five years what is nominal
                 minimum daily storage  on the distribution
                 system (from Appendix D, paragraph A. 3)?    £  MGD
           e.    What is the rate of flow that can be delivered
                 from storage on the distribution system for
                 required  fire flow duration (d x factor from
                 Table D-l,  Appendix D;?                   4. £>  MGD
                                  E-l
-------
            f.     Difference between c and e represents required

                  pumping capacity =                        Q. Q    MGD

            g.     Using these results,  make a table of pumps required
                  to achieve capacity and indicate standby pumps.


                   Pump    No. of      No.       No.
                  Capacity  Pumps   Required   Standby

                       P       >          I          I      Rwe*-
                 O.8 N\G>P      >          |         3     Cveek.

                  Note:   Not   Cv»c)ucle  VKe  4-Muo  'v^oun-fa«'v,  sou^ce-s  as  a
      2.     Where booster pump stations are used, list the following:

                    Maximum    Fire
      Population   Hr Demand   Flow          Booster    No.       No.
Area  (1000s)  '     (MGD)     (MGD)  Total  Capacity  Pumps   Standby

_J	—    .      0.1
-------
           11.
          iii.
          iv.
          VI.
                                                 _MGD
                                                  MGD
Estimated fire flow demand?        	
Sum of i + ii =                      	
What is estimated nominal minimum
daily storage on the distribution system?    .,,.
                                    	gallons
What is estimated rate of flow from
distribution storage for the required fire
flow duration [iv x storage factor from
Table D-l,  Appendix D] ?            	_MGD
        Required capacity of arterial mains is
        iii - v =
                                                           MGD
      b.
 Area
Served
vii.    What is ratio of installed arterial
       capacity to required capacity?       	
  With respect to secondary feeder mains, size
                      *
  according to area served 40 years after installation.
  Use same method as A. 3 above,  but apply to areas
  served.    UNKNOWN

                                      Ratio
Estimated   Required    Installed  Installed:
Population   Capacity     Capacity  Required
                            E-3
-------
c.    Length of installed mains and pipes of all
      sizes?                                    77  miles
d.    Number and miles of alternate or duplicate
      mains to supply each area in case of a main
      or pipe break?                  -No.    ,   6 7  miles
      Number of mains  or pipes having no duplicate
      supply?                        -JSfo. -   ,   IO   miles
e.    Are pressures recorded at hours of peak
      demand where pressures are expected to be
      lowest?                                 Yes
f.     Do records show pressures at least 20 psi
      at critical points at hours of peak demand?  Yes
      If no,  how many hours per year is  pressure
      less than 20 psi?                           O    hours
g.    What is the shortest life expectancy of any
     • segment of the system?     unsown      	years
h.    What is expected life of material generally
      used for mains?                            SO  years
i.     What is number of dead ends in system?     \6
      Are dead ends provided with protected
      blow-off valves for flushing?       V«s — P»re
      Is a flushing procedure followed?          Yes
j.     Are mains looped to form a grid and avoid
      dead ends?     ~§ °*  •J>Ys*em  '**
k.    Are all mains isolatable to small areas for
      repair purposes without interrupting flow to
      more than one block?   ~Q  °-F  -sys¥ev~  is
1.     What percentage of the system has the
      following life expectancy?  10 to  34years	
                                35 to  49years	
                                50 to 100 years  9O
                       E-4
-------
m.   For mains 3 inches and smaller, what is the number
      of customers served?  Do they fall within Table E-l?
      Indicate  in Table.    C?lc
n.    Is a proper disinfection, flushing, and bacteriological
      testing procedure followed following repairs,  alter-
      ations, or installations?  Such a procedure should
      consist of:  Yes--~^we  ^ps'^s  tvea+ed  u \s
a•Uov"  UtRKS        -
p.    Is there a code prohibiting cross-connections
      to lesser or unknown quality water or other
      liquids?   pVuvwbi.^   Codle
q.    Is there an active program  to inspect for and
      eliminate cross-connections in the system?  Qr>\y
      nevt  pluw^ing, i»\s^aMa*'>ows o*-  pluv^ivyi, a\-te»-a-Viov\!Jf;  '
      How many cross-connections are found and
      eliminated  per year (average)?                "72
r.    Is a valve (including hydrants) maintenance
      program practiced to ensure proper valve
      operation and  good condition?                 Yes
s.    Is chlorine residual maintained  throughout
      distribution system?  See paragraph f,      ,
      page D-5.
                        E-5
-------
                         TABLE E-l.  MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS
                                     DESIRABLE ON SMALL MAINS
Pipe Length
Diameter of Main
(inches) (feet)
1" 50
100
150
1-1/2 100
200
H
o> 30°
2" 100
250
500
3" 200
500
1,000
Desirable Number of Actual Number of
Customers Customers
Pressure at Pressure at
Start of Main (psi) Start of Main (psi)
26 30 40 50 26 30 40 50
1 2 4
, o N0(v) 6
i &
i
1.3 10 15
1 5 8 |Vj O fO C.
1 3 5
2 10 15 15
1 4 10 10
266
7 15 2570 Feet O-
1 2- cw.S'tow\e \r-s ,
3 10
1 5
NOTES:   a)  Table is based on dead end pipelines; number of customers may be doubled
             for 2" and 3" circulating pipelines only.

          b)  Table is based on metered customers.
                                                                                               Ratios
                                                                                         Desirable:  Actual
                                                                                             Pressure at
                                                                                          Start at Main (psi)
                                                                                       26      30      40     50
-------
4.     Storage of treated water
      a.    Are ground level or subsurface tanks used ?
           Are they sealed?
           Are they always full?
           Does a test program exist to test them
           for leaks ?
           Are vents inverted and protected from
           admitting insects, animals, etc. ?
           Is  tank at high point of surrounding area
           to  provide surface drainage away from
           tank ?
     b.    Are elevated tanks used?                  Yes
           Where are they located with respect
           to pump units?
           i.     At pump unit?                       	
          ii.     At far end of area served?            u^-""
          iii.     In middle of area served?
           Are tanks sealed and protected from
           intrusion of insects, birds,  rainwater?    Yes
           Are vents inverted and screened?          Yes
           Are open reservoirs used?
           Are they protected from  intrusion by
           humans and other animals?
           Is chlorine residual maintained?
           Is treatment provided to  prevent growth
           of algae and other plankton which are odor
           and taste formers?
           Is water chlorinated at discharge and at
           least 0.4 mg/ i residual maintained not
           less than 30 minutes prior to reaching
           customer? See paragraph f, page D-5.
                           E-7
-------
      5.    Capacity Rating
           a.    lias water system ever discontinued or curtailed
                 service to customers due to lack of adequate dis-
                 tribution capacity and pressure?     NO
                 i.     Times per year  (average)             Q
                ii.     Days per time (average)              —•
                iii.     Percentage of distribution system
                       per time (average)                    —
                iv.     Historical distribution capability
                                        '      ...   ~  i
                                           x  U1   -  '-
                                   365
           b.    Consider ratios of 3, a. vii and 3.b above.
B.    Distribution Reliability
      1.    Model the distribution system using Figure E-l and detail
           each operation following the procedures in Appendix A.
           Enter  A. 5. a. iv into the reliability evaluation as historical
           reliability for the  subsystem.  See pages E-15 through E-21
           for demonstration system.
      2.    Consider pumps and standbys from A. 1  and A. 2 above.
      3.    Consider one and two direction supply areas in the model
           from  A. 3. d.  Use Figure E-2 for reliability.
      4.    Calculate the probability of pressure loss due to peak
           demand load using data from A. 3. f as follows:
           p         , [8760-Hrs of Pres. Loss  1 x / % of system
           f.L,:    -  i-
                       r8760- Q 1    s
                       "I  8760   J  X/
C.    Distribution Design and Maintenance Adequacy
      1.    Portion of system (from A. 3. 1) having 35-year or
           greater life expectancy                          90   %
                                E-8
-------
M
co
13 DISTRIBUTE TREATED-
    WATER
                                -131  CONVEY TREATED WATER
                                L-132 STORE TREATED WATER-
                                               -C
                                                             311 CONVEY TO STORAGE -
                                                   1312  CONVEY TO DEMAND-
                                                           -1321 STORE IN TANKS-
                                                           -1322 STORE IN RESERVOIRS-
-C
41
j-,3:
T— 13:
13112 PUMP FEED TO STORAGE
13121 GRAVITY FEED TO DEMAND
13122 PUMP FEED TO DEMAND
13211 ELEVATED TANKS
13212 GROUND-LEVEL TANKS
13221 LINED RESERVOIR
 1222 EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                  Figure E-l.  Structure and Matrix for Distribution of Treated Water, Subsystem 13
-------
10000
 5000
                     Use for Dead
                      End Mains
                     (Not Looped)
     0   0.1   0.2   0.
0.4
0.5   0.6   0.7   0.8
Inherent Reliability
0.9   1.0
       Figure E-2.  Distribution Main Reliability
            with Respect to Installed Length
                               E-10
-------
2.    Number of miles of pipe with dead ends              =   Q   .Adequacy = 1 - Ratio =     \ .Q
3.    Number of flow interruptions involving more than
      one block                                         £-S
      Ratio of interruptions involving more than one
      block to total blocks served
       6   4  43V  = .QI3& . Adequacy = 1 - Ratio =   Q.9662.
4.     Adequacy of mains 3 inches and  smaller and number
      of customers. Total number of  connections exceeding
      desirable number (from A. 3. m) divided by total
      number of connections.
       O  4	 =   Q  . Adequacy = Ratio =        \»O
5.     Number of repairs utilizing proper disinfection,
      flushing,  and testing divided by total system repairs
      (average per year),  see A. 3.n.   \ 5   4- i S  =
      l.Q  - repair disinfection adequacy.
6.     Leak repair adequacy = number  of leaks repaired
      per year divided by total  number discovered (from
      A. 3.o)  =  \5€> -s-  ise =                         i.Q
7.     Using distribution reliability model from B,  model
      probability of not having a cross-connection con-
      tamination as follows:
           Using  reliability for distribution from Appendix  Aj
           raise the subsystem reliability (R^ x R2) to the
           power of the  number of cross-connections found
           per year (from A. 3. q), cross-connection
           potential = ( ,566£ ) (Z^ =                 O.3677
                            E-ll
-------
                 if the nature of the cross-connection hazard
                 is  identified, compute the probability of not
                 exceeding the constituent limits of the drinking
                 water standards and multiply by the cross-con-
                 nection potential to obtain the probability of not
                 contaminating the  subsystem.  Enter the result
                 into the Appendix A and B analyses for the
                 distribution subsystem.
      8.    Adequacy of valve maintenance program is the number of
           times per year (average) that interruptions of excessive
           areas (over one block) were required divided by total
           number of interruptions =  6 4- ISC  =   «0384
           Adequacy = 1  - Result =  \ - .038H  *•       0.9616
      9.    Refer to the failure modes and effects analysis in
           Appendix I, Figure 1-6,  to determine effects of failure
           on system  reliability.  The effects  should be considered
           when modeling the system for reliability analysis.
D.    Quality Surveillance of the Distribution System
      1.    Calculate the  probability that distributed water exceeds
           the constituent limits of the drinking water standards
           and the water quality rating using the procedures of
           Appendix B.   See pages  E-22 through E-26 for the
           demonstration system.
      2.    Using the same methods (Appendix  B), calculate the
           following control analysis probabilities.
           a.    Aluminum - probability of exceeding 0. 05 mg/£
           b.    Chlorine residual  - probability of exceeding
                 0.4 mg/ i
           c.    Hardness - probability of exceeding 80 mg/i,
           d.    pH - probability of falling outside of range from
                 5. 6 to 9. 5 (use same technique as for flouride
                 content).
                                E-12
-------
3.     Does bacteriological sampling conform to the minimum
      required by the drinking water standards (see Figure E-4)?
           Required number  per month -              Yc S
           Number taken per month =                  52.
                52.  ftire  -takev^   b   -H,e  ^a^er
                                               are
                 by
                           E-13
-------
           DRINKING WATEB 8TANDABD8, 188J
                 MINIMUM NUMBER OF SAMPLES PER MONTH
   1.000
   10.0»
° 100.000
 1.000.000
 10.000.000
 The minimum number of samples to be collected from
 the distribution system and examined each month should
 be in accordance with the number on the graph for the.
 population served by the  system.  For the purpose of
 uniformity and simplicity in application, the number
 determined from the graph should be  in accordance
 with the following:  for a population of 25, 000 and
 under— to the nearest 1;  25, 001 to 100, 000 — to the
 nearest 5; and over 100, 000 - to the  nearest 10.

 In determining the  number of samples examined month-
 ly,  the following   samples may be included, provided
 all results are assembled and available for inspection
 and the laboratory  methods and technical competence
 of the laboratory personnel are approved by the
 Reporting Agency and the Certifying  Authority:

      (a)  Samples examined by the  Reporting Agency
      (b)  Samples examined by local government
          laboratories
      (c)  Samples examined by the  water works
          authority
      (d)  Samples examined by commercial  laboratories

 The  laboratories in which these examinations are made
 and the methods used in making them  shall be subject
 to inspection at any time  by the designated  repre-
 sentative of the Certifying Authority and the Reporting
 Agency.  Compliance with the  specified procedures and
 the results obtained shall be used as a basis for certi-
 fication of the supply.

 Daily samples collected following a bacteriologically
 unsatisfactory sample shall be considered as special
 samples and shall not be  included in the total number
 of samples examined.  Neither shall  such special
 samples be  used as a basis for prohibiting the supply,
 provided that: (1) when waters of unknown quality are
 being examined, simultaneous tests are made on
 multiple portions of a geometric series to determine a
 definitive coliform  content;  (2) immediate and active
 efforts are made to locate the cause of pollution; (3)
immediate action is taken to eliminate the cause; and
(4) samples taken following such remedial action are
satisfactory.
                Figure  E-4.   Sampling Rate for Bacteriological Analysis
-------
DISTRIBUTE TREATED)
 WATER
                     r!31 CONVEY TREATED WATE
ifr-r
    Ur
                    L-I32 STORE TREATED WATER
                                                     CONVEY TO STORAGy-
                                                 312  CONVEY TO DEMANJ^-
                                                .1321  STORE IN TANKS
                                                 1322  STORE IN RESERVOIRS-
3111 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGp
3112 PUMP FEED TOSTORAGT^^
                                         13212 GROUND-LEVEL TANKS
                                         13221 LINED RESERVOIR
                                         13222 EARTHEN RESERVOIR
       Figure E-l.   Structure and Matrix for Distribution of Treated Water, Subsystem 13
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT Ql-ERAT1ON RL LIABIL1TY
Operation Description:
Stage Identification Number:
      (1)
                                                FgedL   'bo  C Lg^>rt*3f-
mber: I 3 1 11
!2) (3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
PlPfc
Afcnu.a/ Values










Quantity
Installed
N
1
4










Quantity
Required
n
J
¥










Quantity
Standby
S
O
0










Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99,39
.9999










RW
.99^9
.9996










Series Components Reliability = Product of i'UN .= HI = .99S
Standby Components Reliability = Product of ll\ - R? ~
Unit Operation Reliability,
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	 .
	










	 .
J = Product of RI x H?. =.991" x — • = . 99£
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
H
-------
                         TABLE A-l. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
          Operation Description: ^y
                                Feeai
                                                                  LVLZK
Stage Identification Number: i3lli-f

      (1)             (2)        (3)
                                     l 2.  \ 3l
                                                   (4)
                                                       (5)
                      (6)
      (7)
 Component Name
                            Quantity
                            Installed
                               N
                             Quantity
                             Required
                                          n
                                      Quantity
                                      Standby
                                          S
 Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n •*• s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
ttM.»fL Wf.V Lr-f t-
                                          I
        Valve
                                                                                               1 —
M
 i
                                                                    .96
                                                      9939
                                                      9991
                                s
                                                  o
                                                     99 ea
          '*!*<*
                                                               999l>
         *&/•£?
                                                                     - 99A
                                                     999J
 Series Components Reliability = Product of
                                                      I   = Rj
                                                      99S9
                                                                             . 99&9
 Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ = R2 =
                           R  = Product of
Unit Operation Reliability,   	
Enter  R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
                                                       x R2 =
-------
                                    TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION REI.IABIL.iTY
           Operation Description

           Stage Identification Number: i3ltl. /3//Z. 73/22. 131
                                           /       i      /
                 (1)
   (2)
(3)
(4)
 CCO/V 77A^«
(5)
(6)
(7)
           Component Name
Quantity
Installed
   N
                                        Quantity
                                        Required
               n
        Quantity
        Standby
           S
        Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
       R (from Fig.F-2)
          Reliability, R,
          where standbys
          are  installed:
          n + s = N; R
          (from Fig.F-2)
                                                                 .9999
i
i—«
oo
                        J&_
                                                                 .99 &9
         Zoyi
              Xoapeal
                                                 i
                                                -_L-
                          -4-
                                                         ._
        t

                                   , 99?ff
                                                             	«...
                                                          -
           Series Components Reliability - Product of Rj  - R.j -	
           Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ - llv -
           Unit Operation Reliabiirt'yT"^.  ~- Product of RYx~R~2  r/735~;;
          Enter R  in Column (5) of Table F-2,
-------
                           TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:^
Stage Identification Number:  133.11
      (1)             (2)         (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
.SatM^ as











Quantity
Installed
N
0*a/W;r











Quantity
Required
n
{fr'344*
d










Quantity
Standby
S
re /="-3>.»











Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)












RN
.9*70











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = . 99"7£>
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig; F-2)













Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R2 = x = «997^
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
-------
                                       TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:
                                                                    UJft4eir
          Stage Identification Number:    i 3
                                                                          (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
13111
iSlitjOiiX;
l3inT |3«^1
k
(32JI










(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
1
1
2.










(3)
Quantity
Required
n
1
1
2










(4)
Quantity
Standby
S
£>
O
O










(5)
Unit Operation
Reliability
Ri
.995
.704
.9970










(6)
If
n=N,
Compute
RiN
.?3T
.704
.991










Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri = Rj = »694*
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of R^ = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
— .
	
-










	
Subsystem Reliability = Product of R| x R2 -',&& x . — • = .699. - Rss
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability -fy^i<. = BBS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = Rss x Bss &94- _ x ,^b^> = *€>&$•
H
i
-------
TABLE A-5.  OPERATION RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
m
Operation
Numher
(l-rnm Table K-2)
/3tH
yJ/zz.
13*11
APfi. £.
C.t.
C.3
c.¥
C.5
6.6
C.7
c,9






n
Summation, 2 Fj
i'l
.AM 4£Mrvj
(2)
Failure Lffecl
Weightinq
Factor. F
(From Tahli' !•-•)>
63A>Vd00
U&&BL
TASfefiflB
2ffAO
VlD
140
220
10
JAO
V05W)
/AO







stf' SttTmm
(3)
Operation
Weight Factor
Fraction
l-dy^F,)
.99f
.trr
.99?
.999
.999
,999
.199
.999
.199
.119
.999






(4)
Actual
Operation
Reliability. H;
(From Table F-2)
,995
.764
.931
l.oo

.9K
Loo
hOO
1,00
,367
•m

JO.O/




J5|£» System Failure Ef
(5)
Highest
Artuevablf
Kehahility. Hh
.999
.999
.HI
LOO
A 00
t*o
1.00
1.00
t.OQ
1,00
1.00

af9/




(M
Actual
Operation
Effect
CO k U)
,1**
,69f
.1X1
f999
,999
,9!S
J99
,999
.199
3*7
.%o







Eft 6) * (7)]j
ect Hating i^i — 	 	 =

1 7)
Lowus.l
Operation
Effurt
CO X (SI
.197
,1X1
.197
,999
.199
,999
,999
,999
.999
.199
.999







.oi




*1I_
                         E-21
-------
                                                                                                                            (sheet  1  of 2)
                                                                    WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
w
DO
to
                      Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only
                      Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory
                      Water Supply System:  Name
                                      Location
County Health Department _
                             State Health Department
                      Data for: Raw Water
                                                 Treated Water
                                                                       Distributed Water
Constituent
Nonremovables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic, As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromiurn, Hexava-
lent. Cr+«
Chloride^ Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract. CCE
Cyanide. CN
Lead, pb
Nitrate_, NO3
Selenium, Se
Silver, Ag
Sulfate, SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -"•>
Strontium- »u
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinking Wate
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/t
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


- Standards
Mandatory
Limit. X2

0. 05 mgj I
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/ t
lOuMC/l
alXlorXj: 10% + /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3-*(usinglOmlportions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month. or>57(, when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml
15 units
Laboratory Water Test Results Z-Score Values
X
tie an






•7#










tSRi



Deviation






,1V










.wn+



N.
No. of
Tests






/O










W}



95T< Confid
*••**#






• 9^










A029



?nce Limits
x" - x &
X "X *W





















x,-x-






^ffi










(&2ta



x,-x

















^



XL-S"
_>1
"c
o
o
^
u
o
3
u.
L.
O
u.
*!-*'
ff
"c
"D
t,
3
£_
Probability of
Evceedina
Recon.mended
Limit






•32










0*



D\VS:
Monda:crv
Limit





















                                             Figure B -3.   Calculations for Probability of  Exceeding
                                                            the Drinking Water Standards
-------
                                                                                                                               (sheet  2 of  2)
H

N>
OO
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride, F
Iron, Fe (f~ftj P /-f|
Manganese. Mn
Odor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids. TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F (Uppe
X
50. 0-53. 7°F 0
9 1 7
53. B-58. 3uh 0. 8 1.5
58. 4-63. 8°F 0.8 1.3
63. 9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70. 7-79. 2°F 0.7 1.0
79^3-90. 5°F 0.6 0.8
ti&ZDtl I
0.5 nTg/i
3
0.001 mg.1 1
Not obiectionable
500. mg/ I
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Mean
k

t^j







Deviation
.09

alX 9 £*







N,
No. of
Tests
3V

/ if







-' - &
"TT
9*

m¥f








-,, - 2S1
"* -SIT
.93









Z-Score Values
X,-X'


—.SI







X2 - X '












e
,33


X - X'
7.9


Probability of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit
_=j^r

mil







Mandatory
Limit










                  In 2 consecutive samples, or in >\ sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of samples when >20 samples/month.


                                                     Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Aluminum
Chlorine Residual
Hardness
Ph
0.05 me.1 1
0.4 me/ 1 •»•
80 mull
XL Xu
5. 6 9. 5

/&S" -t.



launi


p/V£p>


-------
                                                                                                                           (sheet 1  of 2)
                                                                   WATER CONSTITUENT DATA
M
 i
to
                     Use Certified Laboratory Sources Only

                     Data Sources: Treatment Laboratory _

                     Water Supply System: Name

                                     Location
County Health Department
                             State Health Department
                     Data for:  Raw Water
                                                 Treated Water
                                                                      Distributed Water.
Constituent
Nonremovables:
Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate. ABS
Arsenic. As
Barium, Ba
Cadmium, Cd
Chromium, Hexava-
lent. Cr+B
Chloride, Cl
Copper, Cu
Carbon Chloroform
Extract, CCE
Cyanide, CN
Lead, j>b
Nit rate j NO 3
Selenium. Se
Silver, Afi
Sulfate. SO4
Zinc. Zn
Radium -226
Strontium-3U
Removables:
Coliform
Color
Public Health Service
Drinkine Wate
Recommended
Limit. Xi
0.5 mg/t
0.01



250.
1.0
0.2
0.01

45.


250.
5.


- Standards
Mandatory
Limit. X2

0. 05 meJ I
1.0
0.01
0.05



0.2
0.05

0.01
0.05


3uuc/i
lOuu c/t
a) XlorX2: 10% + /month
using 10 ml portions
b) >3 + (using 10ml portions)
in 2 consecutive samples
in>l sample when <20 sam
pies/month. or>57(. when
>20 samples/month
c) 1/100 ml avg/mo. ; or
>3/50 ml. >4/100 ml.
7/200 ml. 13/500 ml*
1 5 units
Laboratory Water Test Results

X
Mean





~T"r














n
Deviation





rf-S f














N,
No. of
Tests





JtObUi












//¥-
95* Confid
S'^.M


















ry/3 -T&
\ L 7K,
^^f^ ^. .
snce Limits
*••*-£


















*rr Xff*
Z-Score Values
Xj-X1



















>«7C
l**5f
x,-S



















>
-------
                                                                                                                                (sheet 2  of 2)
to
01
                  In 2 consecutive samples, or in >1 sample when <20 samples/month, or in >5% of sannples when >20 samples/month.



                                                      Control Characteristics Measurement (Treated and Distributed Water)
Constituent
Removables (Cont'd
Fluoride. F
Iron, Fe
Manganese^ Mn
Ddor, Threshold
Number
Phenols
Tastes
Total Dissolved
Solids^TDS
Turbidity

Public Health Service
Drinking Water Standards
Recommended
Limit, Xi

Mandatory
Limit, X2

Avg. Temp. F(LWR) F(Uppe
XL Xu
53.8-381. 3up ftT'ft- 1 . 5
58. 4-63. 8°F 0.8 1.3
63. 9-70. 6°F 0. 7 12
70.7-79.2°F 0.7 1.0
79. 3-90. 5°F 0.6 0.8
0.3 mg/jt
0.5 mg/i
3
0.001 mfi/i
Not oblectionable
500. mg/i
5 units









Laboratory Water Test Results
X
Wean
*)
*n






t*4
2.9

€•
Deviation
.3

N,
No. of
Tests
h









x' - x + ^
x - xVjf
A 33






/Wt
3.*-

- ?«•
X"=X-^
.4r









Z-Score Values

Xj X







y.^7
AVfc

X2- X'










XLX"
4^


•N L^A
.a^


Probability of
Exceeding DWS:
Recommended
Limit
.i2-
^99**






o
.Of

Mandatory
Limit










service
                                                                    prev»{e»Tfvt
-------
(1)




Constituent
bacteria:
Coliform
3hysical:
Turbidity
Color
Threshold Odor
Taste
Chemical,
Recommended:
ABS
As
Cl
Cu
CCK
CN
Ke
Mil
NO:!
Phenols
S04
TDS
Zn
Chemical,
Mandatory:
As
Ba
Cd
Cr+6
CN
F
Pb
Se
Ag
Radioactivity:
Ra22«
Sr90
(2)



Weight
Fartor

10

9
9
9
9


9
9
a

o— •
9
9
-8-
9
9
9
JJ.
9


10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
(3)



1-PU DWS)
P(; DWS) from Fie. c;-3

&.9031-

6.0-7
& t°t<.t






&,OQ

e>.33

o.~?\



o.oo








o.oo





(4)




(2) x (3)

0.032.

0.6J
/» W






o.oo

*. 97

6.39



o.oo








o.oo





74 .^."M-ii.**
_,,,..., n
PiSTv»Wte* watev _s|<2>x<3>i -^
T^^ft T *H. ft, ** n
O ^<2>i
(5)
n
£1(21 x (3) :
(2)x(3)+i = l'
n
S(2)i
i • 1

O.Z.O

3,9V
i/*n






o.oo

/ ?. Sfe

39*94.



o.oo








o.co










Figure  B-6.  Rating of System Ability to Meet Constituent
Limits of Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
                       of 1962
                         E-26
-------
Water Quality
 Surveillance
-------
                             APPENDIX F
            SURVEY OF WATER QUALITY SURVEILLANCE

A.    Sampling and Testing Covered in Appendices B,  C,  D, and E.

B.    Laboratory — Subjectively rate on 0. 0 to  1. 0 scale considering
      the following:
      1.    Is laboratory certified ?
      2.    Are services procured from a certified laboratory?
      3.    Are tests performed in accordance with Standard
           Methods for  the Examination of Water and  Waste-
           water?                                           Ves
      4.    Is laboratory orderly and clean?
      5.    Is there any  significant difference between water-
           laboratory test results and health department or
           other test results?     .
           •*"CUcvMV\e  Residua)
      6.    Are samples from the distribution system taken
           at random from the  entire system or from pre-
           determined locations?
      7.    Are laboratory chemists or technicians properly
           trained and experienced in the performance of
           water analysis ?
      8.    The structure of tests is shown  in Figure F-l.
      9.    Refer to the failure modes and effects analysis, Appendix I,
           Figure 1-8,. for guidelines in failure modes and effects.
      RATING  - CX85
C.    Control of treatment is structured in  Figure G-l; however, the
      constituent tests for control are given in Subsection D of
      Appendix E.
D.    See pages F-3, F-4,  and F-5 for the demonstration system.
                                  F-l
-------
 I
DO
14 PROVIDE WATER
   QUALITY SURVEILLANCE —
                                           TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            BACTERIA
                                      -142 TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            CHEMICAL CON TENT
-143  TEST TREATED WATER FOR -
      PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
      CHARACTERISTICS
                                                                   -1411
                                                            TEST TREATED WATER FOR BACTERI-
                                                             OLOGICAL CONTENT 	
                                                                   -1421 TE3T FOR MINERAL CONTENT-
                                      L144
                                                                   -1422 TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENI-
                                                                   -1431
TEST FOR TASTE, ODOR,
 TURBIDITY, AND COLOR"
                                                                   r-1441 TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY-
                                           TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            OTHER CONSTITUENTS—
                                                                   L1442 TEST TO MAINTAIN CONTROL
                                                                         OF TREATMENT	
 14111 SAMPLE FOR BACTERIA TEST
 14112  TEST FOR BACTERIAL CONTENT
 -14211  SAMPLE FOR MINERAL CONTENT TESTS
 -14212  TEST FOR MINERAL CONTENT
 -14221  SAMPLE FOR ORGANIC CONTENT TESTS
 -14222  TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENT
 1431!  SAMPLE FOR PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
        CHARACTERISTICS
 14312  TEST FOR PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
        CHARACTERISTICS
 14411  SAMPLE FOR RADIOACTIVITY TEST
 14412  TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY CONTENT
-14421  TEST FOR CHLORINE RESIDUAL
-14422  TEST FOR HARDNESS
 14423  MEASURE PH
L14424  MEASURE TEMPERATURE
                            Figure  F-l.   Structure and Matrix of the Water Quality Surveillance Subsystem
-------
 I
OO
PROVIDE WATER
 QUALITY SURVEILLANO
                                   ,/MI  TES1
                                    V>—«JAJ
   TEST TREATED WATER
     •CTERIA
                                          R FOy—-f\'
                             ^411 1EST TREATED WATER FOR BACTERI-
                                 OLOGICAL CONTENT 	
42 TEST TREATED WATER FOR
   -CHFM|f-Al CDNTENX
143  TEST TREATED WATER FOR
    PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
    CHARACTERISTICS
                                    144  TEST TREATED WATER FOR j
                                    .     OTHER CONSTITUENTS-
                             SL5
                                                                 421  TEST FOR MINERAL CONTENT^
                                                                1422  TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENI
1431 TEST FOR TASTE, ODOR,
  	TURBIDITY. AND COLOR
                                                  -1441 TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY-
                                                                                                     Mill SAMPLE FOR 8ACIEKIA
                                                                GI42^IS

                                                               .T4212T
                                                                                                                                    1 M
                                                                                        14212 TEST FOR MINERAL CONTENT^J

                                                                                                                        TESTSJ}
                                                                                                     14221
                                                                                                     J4222 TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENT
                                                                 43!! SAMPLE FOR PHYSIC
                                                                 _.    CHARACTERISTICS
                                                                                                                          \l AND AESTHE
                                                                                                   -c
                                                                [14312 TEST FOR PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC")
                                                                    _  CHARACTERISTIC^            ^^

                                                                14411 SAMPLE FOR RADIOACTIVITY TEST

                                                                14412 TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY CONTENT

"l442 TEST TO MAINTAIN CONTROL\
k^ OF TREATMENT 	 -^ 	

^14421 TEST FOR CHLORINE RESIDUAL^
•C4422 TEST FOR HARDNESp
^4423 MEASURE pH~^
\14424 MEASURE ItMPbRATuRrj
                                                                                      our
                         Figure  F-l.   Structure and Matrix of the Water Quality Surveillance Subsystem
-------
                               TABLE .A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
Subsystem Description:  \Jj) a"t*gy~
                                              : fr
Stage Identification Number:   |
                                                 y
                                                                              (7)
(1)
Operation
Identi-
fication
Number
/v//
J ^J 4%^
i *J •
J^Stf









(2)
Quantity
Installed
N
P(±l>uis
P&PLAS
j?f
j&ajrx ,if~
^a^x-SSV^









(6)
If
n=N,
Compete
.996.8
'^^•^

.&4O









Series Operations Reliability = Product of Ri = R| = "sJutk
Standby Operations Reliability =Product of Rj = R0 =
If n + s = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right, and
read from H2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys













.
Subsystem Reliability = Product of R] xR9'=' x =.oZ2Z = RSS
Subsystem Historical Water Supply Capability = - BQS
Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water =
rXooXXjoo X ~*

on f.
-------
  TABLE A-5.  OPERATION  RELATIVE  FAILURE EFFECT

 	&*rr/i
  Optiraiion
  Number
 '(.m TahU- h
              Failure liffecl
   Factor. F
( 1- rom THhlt- (• -4)
               Oporatinn
             Wmght Factor
               FructKin
/Vat
£2£££_
_^21
                            Actual
                           Operation
                         Huhahility, R.

                         From Tiihle K - 2)
                                         366
                         Highest
                        f ^fration
                        A-hievabii-
                      Keliahllity, H
  (b)

 Actual
Operation
 Failure
 t-Jffent
    (4)
                                                          'h :. '._
                                                   ADO
                                      LoO
                                                   f.OO
                                                   SAO
                                                 .237
  (71
 Li-wt-.l
Optiruln>n
 Failuru
  Efli^rl
 CO « (5)
                                                        .1*9
                                                                            Operation
                                        Z.&S'*.    _
Summation,
                                    • System Failure Effect Rating
                                       F-5
-------
Susfe-r: Services
-------
                            APPENDIX G
                  SURVEY OF SYSTEM SERVICES

The  structure of system services is shown in Figure G-l.  Failure
modes and effects are given in Appendix I, Figure I-10 for consideration
in modeling and in rating the  subsystem.  Model the system and compute
reliability and failure effects using methods of Appendix A.  See pages
G-7  through G-14 for the demonstration system.
A.    Utilities
      1.    Two independent power supplies with switch gear for
           each should be furnished where electrical power is
           required such as  for intakes, treatment facility, all
           pump  stations,  and controls.  Ov>\y  ov\e pvov'idea.
      2.    Model the power supply and determine reliability and
           failure effects using Appendix A.
      3.    A special note is  that auxiliary power supplies should
           be capable  of being placed on-line before water storage
           is depleted or risk of contamination increases.
b.    Sanitary and Habitability  Items
      1.    Sanitary facilities such as toilets, drains, and other
           sanitary sources  of contamination should be so in-
           stalled to prevent any possible contamination of treated
           water.  If such facilities are so located that contami-
           nation may be possible, treat as  common walls, and
           compute reliability as follows:
           a.     Determine number of toilets,  drains,  and other
                  sanitary sources  of contamination            Q
           b.    Enter quantity into Figure D-3 and read reli-
                  ability from abscissa.  Reliability should be
                  entered into calculations in Appendix A.
      2.    Habitability items such as heat, air conditioning, ven-
           tilation,  safety,  and emergency equipment should
                                 G-l
-------
           function properly.  Safety and emergency equipment should
           be properly located for easy access by personnel.  Enter
           human engineering items into the reliability analysis of
           Appendix A.  Check safety and emergency equipment for
           proper, locations.
           a.    Breathing apparatus, gloves, goggles within easy
                 reach of chlorine equipment and storage.
           b.    Fire fighting equipment should be located near
                 hypochlorite and sodium chlorite storage and feed
                 equipment.  Sodium chlorite burns and is explosive.
           c.    Eye flushing fixtures should be  located near chemical
                 equipment.
           Human engineering should be evident  in plant design, layout,
           and equipment installation.  Inspection points  include cleanli-
           ness, location of controls within easy reach, room to move
           about, standard controls, safety devices,  alarms, fail-safe
           devices, and in general an environment that fosters  effective
           procedures,  work patterns,  and personnel safety and that
           minimizes discomfort, distractions,  and other factors  which
           degrade  human performance.
           Subjectively rate safety equipment location and suitability on
           a 0.0 to  1. 0 scale with 0. 25 as poor,  0. 50 below average,
          \0_. Tjy average,  and 1. 0 excellent.   Enter this rating as a
           series reliability item in the services analysis in Appendix A.

C.    Preventive  Maintenance Program
      1.    Schedule — A schedule for assigning and recording the per-
           formance of preventive maintenance should be maintained.
           The schedule  should describe tasks to be accomplished,
           intervals between accomplishment, and assigned personnel.
                                   Lost
                                  G-2
-------
           Labor— Maintenance should be performed by skilled person-
           nel having knowledge, experience, and training in the proper
           methods of performing water system maintenance including
           disinfection practices,  operation of equipment in the water
           in the water system, and particular  skills as required for
           maintaining mechanical and electrical equipment.
      3.    Instructions — Personnel should have available, easy to
           read step by step procedures for performing maintenance.
           The instructions should be in a form  suitable for use on the
           job.  These instructions should state required  personnel
           skill levels for the detailed maintenance task.
      4.    Subjectively rate preventive maintenance on the basis of:
           a.    Training and experience of personnel in water
                 system maintenance and principles.  ScVooleJ  teX
                 cKesapeake  Sect,;CM  ot ftvs/WA.
           b.    Adequacy of schedules and  instructions.
           Rate on basis of 0. 0 to 1.0 scale and enter as a series
           reliability into the reliability analysis of services in
           Appendix F.      , 85

D.    Corrective Maintenance — Subjectively  evaluate the same as
      C. 2, 3, and 4  above.  Enter as a series item  in reliability
      analysis.

E.    Operate the  Equipment
      1.    Controls — Model  the system using Figure E- 1 and enter
           reliabilities in accordance with Appendix F.
      2.    Monitoring Equipment and Instrumentation— Model using
           Figure E- 1 arid enter  reliability in accordance with
           Appendix F.
      3.    Alarm System — An annunciator and alarm system should
           provide indicators of operating equipment and alarms for
           chlorination, chemical feed,  capacity, main pressure,
                                   G-3
-------
                                     r!51 PROVIDE UTILITIES-
           15 PROVIDE SERVICES-
O
 I
                                                                   1511  PROVIDE POWER -
                                                                   1512  PROVIDE SANITARY AND HABIT-
                                                                        ABILITY ITEMS
                                     r
                                       15111  PRIMARY POWFR
                                       15112  AUXILIARY POWER
                                       15121  SANITARY EQUIPMENT
                                       15122  HABI1ABILITY ITEMS
                                       15211  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
                                       152 OPERATE AND MAINTAIN
                                           EQUIPMENT	
-1521  PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE-j-15212 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE LABOR
                                     L-15213 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                                     I-15221 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE LABOR
 1522  PERFORM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE-L,5222 CORRECT|VE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                                                                  L1523  OPERATE EQUIPMENT
                                     -15231  CONTROL EQUIPMENT
                                       15232  MONITORING EQUIPMENT
                                     -15233  ALARM SYSTEM
                                     - 15234  OPERATING SCHEDULE
                                     -15235  OPERATING LABOR
                                     -15236  OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
                                         Figure G-l.   Structure and  Matrix of Services Subsystem
-------
      power, reservoir levels,  fire.  Enter reliability using
      Figure E- 1 in accordance with Appendix F.
4.     Operating Schedule — This schedule provides a record of
      equipment operation, rotation, and a sequence for system
      loadings such as equipment  required  to operate at minimum
      load,  normal load, full capacity, maximum load.   Sub-
      jectively rate on 0. 0 to 1. 0  scale and enter as a reliability
      in accordance with Appendix F.
5.     Labor — Subjectively rate on 0. 0 to 1. 0 scale and  enter
      reliability in  accordance with Appendix F.  Consider the
      following:
      a.     Are operators  trained in physical, chemical,
            and bacteriological  properties of water treat-
            ment?  »<> ^ vs
                                                       IO **-e
      b.    Are operators certified by state?            s ftre NO-\-
      c.   • Are operators experienced in water sys-
           tem operation?                              Yes
6.    Instructions — Subjectively rate on 0. 0 to 1.0 scale and
      enter as reliability in accordance with Appendix F. Con-
      sider the following:
      a.    Are easy to follow equipment operating
           principles and instructions posted at
           operating stations and equipment?             No
      b.    Are system operating instructions available
           to chief operator at his  duty station?          Ho
                            G-5
-------

PROVIDE SERVICES'
                                                                                          15111  PRIMARY
                                                         PROVIDE POWER^
                                                                                          15112  AUXILIARY POWER
                        lSl  PROVIDE UTILITIES
                                                                                          5i?i  SANITARY EQUIPMENT
                                                     512  PROVIDE SANITARY AND HABIT-
                                                         ABILITY ITEMS
                                       S122  HABIIABILIIY II
                                            •^^•w
                                            i^MMB
                                            PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDUI
                                                     521  PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
 ^_______^..^^
-gg22  PERFORM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANC
                        152  OPERATE AND MAINTAI
                             EQUIPMENT
                                           CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONLSP

                                       5231 CONTROL EQUIPMEN
                                     \1S232 MONITORING EQUIPMENTI3
                                                         OPERATE EQUIPMEN
                                                                                        Q5233  ALARM SYSTEM_3
                                                                                          5234 OPERATING SCHEDULE
                                                                                               gap«—
                                                                                               OPERATING LA

                                                                                          15236 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
                           Figure  G-l.   Structure and Matrix of Services Subsystem
-------
                                  TABLE A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
        Operation Description:
        Stage Identification Number:  I S 11
              (1)             (2)        (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
£Jec,-f trie. &t*e»~











Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
/











Quantity
Standby
S
0











Reliability, R, No Standby s, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
.99?J










'
R^
f?99/











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = Rj. = «99P/
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R? =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig; F-2)
	











. 	 ,
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K2 =SRH x — • = ,9997
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
o
-------
                                  TABLE A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:	ij&


Stage Identification Number:_


      (1)             (2)        (3)
                                                   (4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
Jfe&rfM* &Qui£3.
3 Z> f










Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
/











Quantity
Standby
S
O











Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
. 9903











RN
.9903











Series Components Reliability = Product of RI = R! = » 97Q-&
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	











• 	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R% = 9flB x — = ~9Q«L9
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
Q
 i
CD
-------
                                  TABLE  A-1. UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description


Stage Identification Number:


      (1)             (2)
                                         (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
£o»hv/ fli'^Sys,
' fr*










Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
f











Quantity
Standby
S
o











Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
- 9955











Rw
.waa











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = . 993&
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R^ = R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standbys
are installed:
n + s - N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
- —











	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x K2 =i99S»x *— = . 99&B
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
I
I-1
o
-------
                                  TABLE .A-l.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
Operation Description:	


Stage Identification Number:_


      (1)             (2)
                                        (3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
£&*h+l JflottlJor-s
Vecareiers
7>/a/ TW/Aa^*.^









Quantity
Installed
N
/
¥
V









Quantity
Required
n
/
^
V









Quantity
Standby
S
O
0
&









Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fie. F-2)
.99&&
. 99&B
, 999?









RN
.^95 A
*96/
- 999t>









Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = .939
Standby Components Reliability = Product of Rj^ = R? =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s = N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
	 .
. .
__









	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R? --#£9 x — -.VS?
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
O
 I
-------
                                  TABLE A-1.UNIT OPERATION RELIABILITY
        Operation Description:
        Stage Identification Number:
              (1)
mber: 15-233
2) (3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Component Name
nff4tiMe.ia.4op Sy£-
w










Quantity
Installed
N
/











Quantity
Required
n
/











Quantity
Standby
S
-o











Reliability, R, No Standbys, n=N
R (from Fig. F-2)
- 0996











RW
. 999^>











Series Components Reliability = Product of RiN = RI = . 9^9&
Standby Components Reliability = Product of R[ - R2 =
Reliability, R,
where standby s
are installed:
n + s - N; R
(from Fig. F-2)
__











	
Unit Operation Reliability, R = Product of RI x R? ^999fex — • = .999£»
Enter R in Column (5) of Table F-2.
Q
-------
                                     TABLE A-2.  SUBSYSTEM RELIABILITY
        Subsystem Description^
        Stage Identification Number:
                                                                           (7)
           (1)

       Operation
         Identi-
         fication
         Number
              (2)
             Quantity
             Installed
                N
  (3)
Quantity
Required
   (4)
Quantity
 Standby
    S
      (5)
Unit Operation
  Reliability
      Ri
   (6)

   If
  n=N.
Compute
  RiN
If n + s  = N, enter Ri on
curve RI in Fig. F-l, move
horizontally to right,  and
read from R2 or R3 as
appropriate for number
of standbys
                                                                 • 999y*
       /5V2/
                                                                  -9gy
o
 I
)—^
O5
/S2U-HS2J3
                                                                 .939*
        Series Operations  Reliability  = Product of Ri
                                                      R-2	
 Standby Operations Reliability =Product of
      Subsystem  Reliability  = Product of R j" x R2 = _
      Subsystem Historical Water  Supply Capability =
                                                           .3fc^=.3l3
                                                                        = R
                                                                           ss
      Subsystem Ability to Furnish Water = Rss x Bss
                                                               " BSS
                                                                x
-------
  TABLE A-5.  OPERATION RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
  O|it;rMion
   NiimhiT
 1 r.-ni T.-ihli- K-2)
 /r///
yr/z;
  Kartoi , I-
( h com T;«hlf I -4'
\\ t-iRht Kactor
 Frurtinn

 I-IF.&F.)
   1-1
           .99*
All
           (4)

          /ictual
         Operation
        Reliahility. K;

       (From Table F-2)
         .9991
MO_
                                         (4)
                              Highebt
                             Operation
                                      llehahility, K
          (6)

         Anu.l
        Operation
         Failure
         Kff.:cl
         . 11 > (4)
.9999
                            /.oo
                                        • 991
                                        1.00
                                        1.00
                          ,999
                        LI.WI •••
                       Op til-ill K.I!
                        r'ailuru
                        KM. vl
                        I 1) X (S)
                               .999
                                          ,99?
                                    .77*
                                .9/1
Opcr^l inn
 H.IIIMI;
                                     /.OO
                    /.oe
                                      .9*
           ^372000
          .99^
                    9999
                         ,997
              .999
                     .999
                    .959
                   .999
           £27266
           .999
          ,9996
                  .499
                                                    •
                    1.06
/sa.34
  42.720
 .999
        a2£
  1,00
                 01P_
 15*35
           .9/1
                   1.00
                         .77*/
                                                          ,76
                     .999
                             /.oo
                              /T.
 Summation, 2 Fj
                            > System Failure Effect Rating
                                            .2^(6) + (7)].
                           G-14
-------
Composite Rating
-------
                            APPENDIX H
             WATER SYSTEM COMPOSITE RATING AND
            DETERMINATION OF CRITICAL OPERATIONS
                          AND COMPONENTS
COMPOSITE RATING
The water supply system rating is a composite of the reliability rating,
failure effect rating, ability to meet drinking water standards, and the
system design adequacy.  An average of the four gives the system
rating.
      System Reliability Rating,  From Page H-2      =   Q.S4
      Water Quality Rating, From Appendix E,
      Page E-23                                     =   0
      Failure Effect Rating, From Page H-9          =
      System Design Adequacy, From Page B-10      =    Q.
                                          Sum       =    3./3
      System Rating = (sum>4x 10° =
      System Composite Rating
The. rating is expressed as a two-digit number having a value between
0 and 100 with a maximum value of 100.

IDENTIFICATION OF CRITICAL OPERATIONS AND COMPONENTS
Critical operations and components are identified in each of the four
rating areas; reliability, ability to meet standards, failure effect,
and design adequacy.
Water system reliability.  Operation and component criticality with
respect to reliability is  determined by subtracting the subsystem reli-
ability from one and dividing by one minus the system reliability.   The
result when multiplied by  100 is the percent contributed by the  subsystem
to the unreliability (unreliability = 1- reliability) of the system.   Like-
                                H-l
-------
Equipment Reliability
      Subsystem  11, Obtain Raw Water (Appendix C)
      Subsystem 12, Treat Raw Water (Appendix D)'
           R12  = £«^*8*J0 x $z(#**)* e>,mx 
-------
wise, operation unreliability divided by subsystem unreliability gives
operation contribution to subsystem unreliability, and component un-
reliability divided by operation unreliability gives component contri-
bution to operation unreliability.  Criticality is defined as the subsys-
tems, operations,  and components  contributing the greatest unrelia-
bility to the system.

The subsystem criticality calculations are made using Table H-l.
Operations criticalities are evaluated using Table H-2.   Components
criticalities are evaluated using Table H-3.  Data are obtained from
Appendices C, D, E,  and G for the reliability criticality analysis.
Critical subsystems,  operations, and components should be evaluated
to determine the best  approach to increasing reliability.  See pages H-10
through H-17  for the demonstration system.
Water Quality.  The identification of constituents which are critical
to the ability of the system to meet the drinking water standards is
determined by the relative  contribution of each constituent  rating to the
rating of system ability. The relative contribution is obtained  from
column (5) of  Figure B-6, Appendix B,  (used in Appendices C,  D,
and E),  for the distribution subsystem.
Failure Effects.  Operation failure effect criticality  is defined  as those
operations that, if failed, would cause the greatest effect on the ability
of the water system to furnish water meeting drinking water standards.
Those operations having a low rating in the  failure effect computation
are critical.   The operations would be those having a rating of  less than
one from  column (8) of Table A-5,  Appendix A (used in each Appendix).
Relative criticality is determined by the lowness of the rating in
column (8h a 1. 00 rating is the highest and 0 the smallest.  Critical
operations should be evaluated to determine the best approach to in-
crease reliability and decrease potential failure  effects.
Design Adequacy.  The design adequacy measures the ability of the sys-
tem to remove excess  concentrations of constituents or  determine if
the subsystems are contaminating the water.  Criticality is based on the
design adequacy of the treatment and distribution subsystems relative to
                                 H-3
-------
       TABLE H-l.  SUBSYSTEM CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
System Name
System Unreliability = 1-RS = 1-

Subsystem
Identification

Subsystem
Reliability
Rxx

Subsystem
Unreliability
1-Rxx

Criticality
1-Rxx
1-Rs

Remarks

                                  H-4
-------
      TABLE H-2.  OPERATIONS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Subsystem  Name
Subsystem Identification Number
Subsystem Unreliability = 1-Rxx = 1-

Operation
Identification

Operation
Reliability
Rxxxxx

Operation
Unreliability
1 - Rxxxxx

Criticality
1 - Rxxxxx
1 - Rxx

Remarks

                                  H-5
-------
excess constituent concentrations.  The evaluation should be correlated
with water quality data to determine if the excess  constituents are pres-
ent in raw  water,  if satisfactory treatment is provided to remove the con-
stituents (if removable by treatment methods), and if the constituent is
added during treatment and distribution.
Cn'ticality .Analysis.   Evaluating the various crihcal subsystems, opera-
tions, and components should lead to recommendations for improving
system design,  reliability,  operation,  and control.  The analysis should
result in recommendations  to increase the ability  of the water system to
meet the constituent limits  of the drinking water standards.
                                    H-7
-------
TABLE A-5. OPERATION RELATIVE FAILURE EFFECT
                         H-9
-------
       TABLE H-I.  SUBSYSTEM CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
System Name  Demon
                                   Sys.-h
ewv
System Unreliability = 1-RS = 1-^5^ =  .46
Subsystem
Identification
H

12.

13
15
^ Trea
IX <
Subsystem
Reliability
Rxx
M**A8**
.96
.9K«.W«
• 55
• 68
.92.
•f'ruC^'vt" ^*>
ivx<^ 13) av
Subsystem
Unreliability
1-Rxx

.0*

. 15
.3Z
.08
rf di^.'t.
-C MO^T" Cri
Criticality
1-Rxx
1-Rs

.09

. 33^
,70^
• 17
4-' /^" 1
,rior\ (^Sut
•Koa. 1 s u le>
Remarks







•
                                 H-10
-------
      TABLE H-2.  OPERATIONS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Subsystem Name   TVea.-h    *Ra\x/
Subsystem Identification Number   \
Subsystem Unreliability = 1-Rxx = l-.g5 =  »\S
Operation
Identification
/2/Z2-
/*22.
/z^3/
/2iV2-
/233/
/*33Z.
River -Source."
/*///
/3/Z.z.
	 ~
/ 27.31
112*2
/232I
/*33*
/ O«?^^9
/ ^S ^^^w

Operation
Reliability
Rxxxxx
• 9 96
.?£&
-9<£s-
.999
.992.
.996

,996
.997
.973
.997
.995
.99z
.99V
.*Cri*
Operation
Unreliability
1 - Rxxxxx
,00V
,£>/^
-f>J$~
.col
.ooB
.oof-

• . oo ¥
.003
. ooz.
.ooS
. 006
oal ix.v»;-V Of
Criticality
1 - Rxxxxx
1-Rxx
.oaf
. o93 "*"
-^
— —^^^^£^ l/Vl
J^^^^TT^ 9 j ww
,ooG
.tfS3
,03.7

.0^7
,0X0
.0*0
.01 3
.053
.0*>
era Vf o*us
Remarks

f









                                  H-ll
-------
      TABLE H-3.   COMPONENTS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Operation Name
Operation Identification Number
                           al*  /&f iJ. Mi>  floagula-fe  f
                                          '
                                   I 2.2.2    — C »-
Operation Unreliability = 1-Rxxxxx =1-

Component
Identification
M** Feed
Aluv*» Feed
C-3vbov» Pteai
"Dv-aiw Va-H^e^
Mfxivtd tattle
5e<*i.*evcta*u>H
*&^SlVl
S^lufce C^aier

Component
Reliability
Re
.9963
.9999
.9999
. 9998
.9933

.393
.9996
•
Component
. Unreliability
1-RC
. 0037
, ooot
, oool
, ooot.
.0017

* 007
,000^
a I Co*^f«VV
Criticality
1-Rc
1 - Rxxxxx
.W*
. 001
. 007
,0 I1/
• 1 *• L
500"^

-°a9



Remarks








•
                                 H-12
-------
      TABLE H-3.  COMPONENTS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Operation Name F;|-
                               (^v>avi-K,  p;
Operation Identification Number    I Z Z 3»l
Operation Unreliability = 1-Rxxxxx = 1 - «9<£?5  = • O\S

Component
Identification
Pi H"ev»jp
Aie^C3
Was k«*»atev
VaJves
Pfpe
£O»HMU>M CW^Iiy
Component
Reliability
Re
I-
,9996
.992.
.99*
.99fl9
.-999
Component
. Unreliability
1-Rc
0
. ooov-
. 008
« 006
,<9H
. 00 1
COVVN •pov^€v\"fc
Criticality
1-Rc
1-Rxxxxx
O
• 0X7
.5*33^
.«00*
.733^
L$"


Remarks





•
                                 H-.l 3
-------
      TABLE H-3.  COMPONENTS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Operation NameAddl
                                                     S«sti'te~-
Operation Identification Number  1 32, 2.
Operation Unreliability = 1-Rxxxxx =  1-^9^5  = »
Component
Identification
AUwv Peeot
Mftuio Feeoi
Agi-te4o*r Mi^er
Af/x ISasi'vx
Floccttla'Voir
5eff/i^ Sas?iw
«f«
Component
Reliability
Re
. 9919
.99)9
.99^^
.^«3
.9691
.996
.9959
"*Cri*?<
Component
. Unreliability
I-RC
.00^1
-oofll
,0013
.6017
,0^09
,00+
00011
:al Ce>~vpo<
Criticality
1-Rc
1 - Rxxxxx
.33I-*
.3131^
,oJ7
,oV9
, »W*
.//^
.<»3l
^«vcty
Remarks
•
                                H-14
-------
      TABLE H-3.  COMPONFNTS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Operation Name  Pi j-f&r mt
                                      if    Fil4*e>~  —
Operation Identification Number |"2.2-S I  —   River



Operation Unreliability = 1-Rxxxxx = 1 - ,9*7.3  = .

Component
Identification
FH-fcKs
Filter Sleeps
e>a3m
Cem-tvol VfelVe*
Rate CovftVoikr
/tShuaJ Vy /Vej
U/dfh t^fif^f- ftu*f>s
Pt/ye

Component
Reliability
Re
.99^
.992.
.996
.996
.9996
'999?
,996
,993?
.999*
Component
. Unreliability
1-RC
.00*
.008
-oo*
,oot
.000^
• ooo/
.00*
.oW/
,0003-
Criticality
1-Rc
1 - Rxxxxx
.148*
	 .llfa*"
1 tfSt ^
. \*9*
,o/s
• 0 Q't
.1*9*
.0*1
.oo7
rfcs


Remarks







•
                                 H-15
-------
      TABLE H-2.  OPERATIONS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Subsystem Name   osej! o-P 1"
Operation
Unreliability
1 - Rxxxxx
, DOS
^ f*-r *

Criticality
1- Rxxxxx
1-Rxx
. O2,
.03
\A ^>-e



Remarks


•
                                  H-16
-------
      TABLE H-3.  COMPONENTS CRITICALITY COMPUTATION
Operation Name £Vayi'4y aw^  fLt*r
               _ >    .  /.  .         r
                                             -rtve
                          .
Operation Identification Number / j///.
                             ovt
                                           /3/2.a..
Operation Unreliability = 1-Rxxxxx =1- ,7Q   = ,3O
Component
Identification
f?u**vp^ ; H fc v l*K*f
N/alveSj Manual
\raiVCi GKCjt-fc-
^« 1?
EAecb-ic Power
Recordte r".r
Valve^jCowcHx)!
^68«.^E*w.
^Vl^liw^
Pflre Viyci**dKV3f
f^UtK^s (ooo«"t^r
Component
Reliability
Re
1-
^\ A +} /
* ^?7*O^^
.9967
.9971
31*\
.W8
, S89
.9996
Component
. Unreliability
1-RC
o
.107*
9 Oo3 3
« GO?**
.0111
0002.
In,
a cwr-
Criticality
1-Rc
1 - Rxxxxx
0
'ot*
.01
.01
.04
.01
.37*
a
Remarks






••

                                 H-17
-------
Failure Modes &
Effects Analysis
-------
                           APPENDIX I
    WATER SYSTEM FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

A failure modes and effects analysis was performed to  define all physi-
cal,  operational, and surveillance components  of urban water systems
that have,  or may have, an effect on the ability of the total water supply
system to produce water of a given quality.  A  failure modes and effects
analysis is  a systematic method of determining the consequences of unit
operation failure with respect to system operation.  The analysis re-
sults in the identification of components which  are critical to satis-
factory system performance.

The failure modes and effects analysis is performed for each unit
operation of each subsystem in the water system.  Unit operations in
water systems were structured by subsystems. A matrix is provided
to insure examination of all components of water systems.  The follow-
ing definitions apply to column headings used in the failure modes and
effects  analysis:
      1.    Component and number - Name and identification
            number of components and unit operations
      2.    Component function -  Description of design function
            to be performed by the component or unit operation
      3.    Failure mode - Description of failures which occur
            to component or unit operation
      4.    Failure effect  - Identification of effect on system and
            water quality caused by the failure  mode of the com-
            ponent or unit  operation
      5.    Detection means - Description of methods which can
            be used to identify the possible occurrence  of the
            failure
      6.    Remarks -  Comments and other considerations re-
            lated to component or unit operation design, installa-
            tion, inspection;, operation, and maintenance
                                1-1
-------
The failure  modes and effects analysis defines design, operation,
maintenance,  and surveillance criteria which should be considered
in evaluating and rating water supply systems.  It is provided to assist
in identification of water system characteristics which are critical to
the ability of a water system to consistently supply water meeting the
constituent limits of Federal Drinking Water Standards.

The failure modes and effects analyses are included  for each sub-
system on the following figures and pages:
      Subsystem 11 - Obtain raw. water,  Figures 1-1 and 1-2,
           Pages 1-3 through 1-22
      Subsystem 12 - Treat raw water, Figures  1-3 and 1-4,
           Pages 1-23 through  1-40
      Subsystem 13 - Distribute treated water, Figures 1-5  and
           1-6, Pages 1-41 through 1-47
      Subsystem 14 - Provide water quality surveillance,
           Figures 1-7 and 1-8, Pages 1-48 through  1-50
      Subsystem 15 - Provide services, Figures 1-9 and I-10,
           Pages 1-51 through  1-57
                                1-2
-------
           11 OBTAIN RAWWATER-
 i
CO
                                    -111  PROVIDE SOURCE-
-112 CONVEY RAW WATER-
                                          STORE RAW WATER -
                                                                 rl 111  OBTAIN FROM GROUND WATER•
                                                                 Ll 112 OBTAIN FROM SURFACE WATER-
                                                                  -1121  CONVEY TO STORAGE-
                                                                  1122 CONVEY TO TREATMENT -

                                                                  •1131 STORE IN TANKS 	
                                                                 L1132 STORE IN RESERVOIR-
                                                                t
                                                                •c
11111 OBTAIN FROM WELLS
11112 OBTAIN FROM SPRINGS

11121 OBTAIN USING IMPOUNDMENTS
11122 OBTAIN DIRECTLY FROM STREAM
11211 GRAVITY FEED TO STORAGE
11212 PUMP  TO STORAGE

11221 GRAVITY FEED TO TREATMENT
11222 PUMP TO TREATMENT
11311 STORE IN ELEVATED TANK
11312 STORE IN GROUND-LEVEL TANK
11321 STORE IN LINED BASIN RESERVOIR
11322 STORE IN EARTHEN RESERVOIR
                                            Figure  1-1.   Structure and Matrix of Water Source
-------
                                                                                                       (sheet  1 of 19)
Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Wells
Operation Number: 11111000	
Subfunction: Supply From Groundwater 11110000   Function:
                                                    11100000
                                            Provide Raw Water Source
                                                                 11000000
                                                 Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
Component
& Number

Well Screen
 11111001
Well Casing
or Pit
 11111002
Component
 Function

Screen out sand and
other solids from
water.
Prevent intrusion of
contaminated higher
level water into aquifer.
Provide  casing into
which drop pipe is
lowered for removing
water.  Casing should
be sealed to imperme-
able layer.
Failure
  Mode

Collapse of screen.
Clogging by bacteria
growth or mineral
buildup.

Leakage of contam-
inated water into
well.
Failure
 Effect

Sand/solids in water
prevent flow from
well and possible
screen callapse.

Increased bacteri-
ological or chemical
contamination of
water and aquifer.
Detection
 Means

Increased turbidity
of raw water
increased sand/
solids in raw water.

Testing raw water
for increased bacte-
ria and chemical
constituents.  Pres-
sure testing of well.
Remarks

Screens should be re-
placed at failure.
Bacterial contami-
nation most prevalent.
Well location has bearing
on contamination.  Consi-
derations include:

1. Well at high point of
   land.
2. Located at least the
   maximum distance
   from pollution sources
   that economics, land
   ownership,  geology,
   topography will permit.
3. Survey location with
   respect  to caves,  sink
   holes, abandoned  wells/
   bores, fissures, faults,
   over the aquifer.
                           Figure  1-2.   Component  Failure  Modes and Effects Analysis
-------
                                                                                                      (sheet 2 of 19)
Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Wells

Operation Number:  11111000	
                                                                   11100000
                                                                                       11000000
Subfunction:  Supply From Groundwater 11110000  Function:  Provide Raw Water Source   Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
Component
 &' Number
Component
 Function
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
                                                                                                      Remarks
Well Cap       Seal casing to prevent   Leakage of contami-
 11111003      surface contamination   nated water into well.
               and to drain surface     Vent flooded and con-
               contamination away      taminates well.
               from well head. Cap
               provided with vent to
               maintain atmospheric
               pressure in casing.

Pipe           Constrain water and     Leakage of contami-
 11111004      convey from  aquifer to   nation into water. Re-
               surface. Prevents intru- quires loss of pres-
               sion of contamination    sure in pipe.  Leakage
               from external sources,   reduces quantity
                                       supplied.

Check Valve    Prevent loss of pump    Failed to open.
or Foot Valve  prime and  drop in water Shattering due to back
 1111005       column in drop pipe.     pressure.
               Prevent backflow to
               well.
                                              Increased bacteri-
                                              ological or chemical
                                              contamination of
                                              water and aquifer.
                                              Increased bacteria
                                              contamination of
                                              water.  Loss of
                                              water.
                                           Testing raw water
                                           source for bacteria
                                           and chemical consti-
                                           tuents changes/
                                           increases.  Pressure
                                           testing of well.
                                           Pressure drop in
                                           source supply pipe.
                                           Decreased flow from
                                           well. Test for increased
                                           bacteria concentration.
                                              Possible loss of
                                              pump prime.  Back
                                              flow to well and loss
                                              of pressure. Possi-
                                              ble contamination of
                                              aquifer if water in
                                              pipe is contaminated.
                                           Back flow through pump
                                           and well. Loss of pres-
                                           sure  from well supply.
                                             Figure 1-2.    (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                (sheet 3 of 19)
        Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Wells	
        Operation Number:  11111000	
        Subfunction: Supply From Groundwater 11110000  Function: Provide Raw Water Source
                                                11100000
                                                            11000000
                                            Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
        Component
        & Number

        Flow Meter
         11111006
Component
 Function

Measure output.
        Line Stop Valves
         11111007
 i
05
Normally open.  Used
to manually isolate
well from system.
        Pump            Withdraw water from
         11111008        aquifer and supply
                         under pressure to
                         system.
Failure
  Mode

No indication or record
of output.
Leakage. Failed to
open.
                        Pump or driver failure.
Failure
 Effect

Loss of output record.
No effect to water
quality.
Negligible loss of
ability to isolate well.
No water quality
effects.

Loss of pressure. No
water quality effects.'
Detection
 Means

Recorder or indicator
not functioning. No
quality effects.
Manual check of
valve operation.
                                                Pressure drop.
Remarks

In cases where
meter is part of
control circuit, other
sources might be
started.
                      Alarms should be
                      used for pressure
                      loss.
                                                         Figure .1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                               (sheet 4  of  19)
Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Springs or From Infiltration Galleries
Operation Number:  11112000	
Subfunction: Supply From Groundwater 11110000   Function:  Provide Raw Water Source 11100000 Subsystem:
                                                                                           11000000
                                                                                       Obtain Raw Water
Component
& Number

Spring Box
 11112001
Air Vent
 11112002
Spring Screen
 11112003
Flow Meter
 11112004

Check Valve
 11112005
Component
 Function

Collection of gravity
spring water or
artesian water and
protection from sur-
face contamination.
                       Failure
                        Mode

                       Inflow of contami-
                       nated water.
Failure
 Effect

Contamination of water
supply.
                       Flooding.
                       Collapse of screen.
                       Clogging of screen.
Maintain atmospheric
pressure in spring box.
Prevent intake of sand
and other solids.
                See 11111006
Prevent back flow to    Failed to open.
spring.
Contamination of water.
Sand and other solids
are taken into system
clogging and stopping
flow.
                                            Back flow to spring.
Detection
  Means

Testing raw water
for chemical and
bacterial content.
Testing raw water
for bacterial con-
tent.

Increase in solids
in water.  Loss
of flow.
                         Pressure loss.
Remarks

Artesian sources are
at higher head than
surface and are less
subject to contami-
nation  than gravity
springs which occur
from water table
outflow. The  water
source (recharge
point) for springs must
be surveyed and pro-
tected  from contami-
nation.

Vent should be inverted,
screened (#24 mesh), and
18 inches above surface.
                                                Figure  1-2..   (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                              (sheet 5 of 19)
            Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Springs or From Infiltration Galleries
            Operation Number:  11112000	
                                                                                                                       11000000
            Subfunction: Supply From Groundwater 11110000  Function:  Provide Raw Water Source 11100000  Subsystem; Obtain Raw Water
 i
oo
            Component
            & Number

            Line Stop  Valve
             11112006
Pipe
 11112007
                Component
                 Function

                Normally open, used
                to isolate part of sys-
                tem or for manual flow
                control.

                See 11111004
Failure
 Mode

Leakage.
Failed open.
Failure
 Effect

Negligible loss of ability
to isolate part of system
or to manually control
flow.
Detection
  Means

Manual check of
valve operation.
Remarks
                                                          Figure 1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                     (sheet 6 of 19)
           Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Impoundment
           Operation Number:  11121000	
           Subfunction:  Supply From Surface Water 11120000  Function:  Provide Raw Water Source 11100000 Subsystem:
                                                                                              11000000
                                                                                         Obtain Raw Water
           Component
           & Number

           Line Stop Valve
            11121001
CD
           Control Valve
            11121002
Component
 Function

Opened or closed to
allow intake of water
at various heights in
the reservoir due to
water level or turbi-
dity.
Control flow of raw
water from reservoir
usually from remote
point such as the fil-
ter plant.
 Failure
 Mode

Seizure.
Leakage.
Erratic Control.
Seizure.
Leakage.
Failure
 Effect

Seizure causes inability
to adjust valve or open
or close.  Leakage pre-
vents complete close off
of an intake.  Either
mode may cause diffi-
culty in controlling
intake of turbidity or
surface contamination
in the reservoir.

Controls or actuator
failure, seizure pre-
vents movement of
valve. Either mode
prevents flow control
and inability  to shut off
supply if necessary to
prevent intake of
excessively contami-
nated water.
Detection
 Means

Manually check valve
operation. Close and
check for leakage.
Remarks
Periodic calibration
and verification.
Operate valve through
open to close positions
on a periodic basis.
                                                      Figure 1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                       (sheet 7 of 19)
                     Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Impoundment
                     Operation Number:  11121000
                     Subfunction:  Supply From Surface Water 11120000   Function:  Provide Raw Water Source 11100000
                                                                                                11000000 •
                                                                                 Subsystem: Obtain Ra\v Water
 I
i—'
O
                     Component
                      & Number

                     Reservoir
                      11121003
Component
 Function
 Failure
  Mode
 Failure
_ Kffect
 Detection
   Means
                                                                                         Remarks
                     Dike or Darn
                      11121004
                     Pipe
                      11121005
Store raw water and    Contamination from
protect it. from further  external sources such
contamination, and  pro- as industry, sewage,
vide excess storage for habitation, waste-
periods of low rainfall.
                                      runoff, and collection.
water. Contamination
from internal sources
such as recreation.
overgrowth in aquatic
vegetation, reduced
oxygen content.
Contain water in the     lireak in dam.
impoundment and pro-
vide structure for yate-
house and overflow.
Confine water and       Leakage or rupture.
transport it through dam Contamination by
to point of conveyance    trace metals.
to treatment.
K>:cessive contamination
of impoundment which
may overload treatment
arid disinfection. Taste
and odor arc detrimen-
tally affected.
                      Loss of water supply.
                      Loss of water and
                      possible serious damage
                      to dam. Contamination
                      of water.
Water sampling    Reservoirs provide excess
and testing of all   storage to provide water to
source areas of    source during low flow
impoundment con- periods.  Raw water reserviors
lamination. Survey are particularly subject to
of impoundment.   algal buildups  requiring
Control and legal  copper sulfate treatment.
authority required Note that water may be
to prevent con-     purchased from external
tamination from    reservoir owner.
external sources.

Storm control of
water level by
prior warning.
Inspection of dam
to assure  integrity.

Pipe inspection
periodically,  use
of proper  materials'
prevents contami-
nation by trace
metals.
                                                                     Figure  1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                      (sheet  8 of 19)


Operation Name: Supply Raw Water From Impoundment	

Operation Number: 11121000	.	                                  11000000
Subfunction: Supply From Surface Water 11120000   Function:  Provide Raw Water Source 11100000    Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water


Component      Component             Failure               Failure                 Detection
&: Number       Function                Mode                 Effect             •       Means           Remarks

Screen, Bar     Prevent intake of de-    Break in  screen, dis-  Intake of debris-          Inspection and
 11121006       bris from impound-     lodging, clogging-      Loss of water supply     cleaning of screens-
                ment.
                                              Figure  1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                     (sheet 9  of  19)
                    Operation Name:  Supply Raw Water From Streams
                    Operation Number:   11122000
                    Subfunction: Supply From Surface Water 11120000   Function:  Provide Raw \Vater Source 11100000
                                                                                                                11000000 •
                                                                                                Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
 I
i—'
CO
                    Component
                    & Number

                    Cross or Side
                    Intake Weir
                     11122001
Fixed Screen
 11122002
                    Traveling
                    Screen
                     11122003
                    Intake pipe or
                    Tunnel
                     11122004
                 Component
                  Function
                        Failure
                         Mode
                Funnel or channel water  Break
                to an intake location and
                provide a source of low
                velocity with sufficient
                depth.
Prevent intake of large
debris such as logs.
Break or dislodge-
ment of screen.
Clogging.
                Remove fine debris such Break in screen.
                as vegetation, leaves.    Clogging of screen
                fish.                    due to excess debris
                                        or vegetation.


                Confine water and con-   Break or leakage.
                vey it through intake     Contamination of
                structure.               water by trace
                                        metal in pipe.
 Failure
  Effect

Loss of source of low
velocity which may
increase turbidity and
susceptibility of intake
of debris.

Possible intake of large
debris which would dam-
age other intake  com-
ponents. Clogging pre-
vents passage  of water.

Possible intake of de-
bris which would trouble
treatment processes.
Loss of water  supply
until screen is cleaned.

Damage to intake struc-
ture.  Loss of water
supply.  Contamination
of water.
                                               Detection
                                                 Means

                                               Periodic inspection
                                               of weir.
Inspection of screen.
                                                                      Inspection of screen
                                                                      operation.
                                                                      Inspection of pipe
                                                                      periodically.
                                                                      Proper choice of
                                                                      materials  prevents
                                                                      contamination by'
                                                                      trace metals.
                                                                                                           Remarks
                                                                   Washwater flow adjust-
                                                                   ment is critical to
                                                                   removal of debris.
                                                                   Figure 1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                   (sheet 10 of 19)
                  Operation Name: Supply Raw Water From Streams
                  Operation Number:  11122000
                  Subfunction: Supply From Surface Water 11120000   Function: Provide Raw Water Source 11100000
                                                                                                                 11000000 •
                                                                                                 Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
 I
h-»
CO
                  Component
                   &: Number

                  Line Stop Valve,
                  Intake Gate
                  11122005
Check Valve
 11122006

Screen Wash-
water Pump
 11122007

Stream
 11122008
                 Component
                  Function

                  Isolate intake from
                  source. Manual con-
                  trol of intake flow in
                  emergencies.
Prevent back flow of
water.

Provide water to wash
debris from screens.
                                    Source of supply.
                       Failure
                        Mode

                       Seizure.
                       Leakage.
Fail open.
                                                           Loss of pressure.
                      Failure
                       Effect

                      Seizure prevents valve
                      operation and loss of
                      ability to control intake
                      in emergencies.
                      Leakage prevents
                      isolation of intake from
                      source.
                         Detection
                          Means

                         Periodically open
                         and  shut valve to
                         check operation.
                         Check for leakage.
Remarks
Back flow may cause loss  Periodically check
of water supply.           valve operation.
                      Clogging of screens.
                      nonremoval of debris,
                      debris taken into system.
                                                                                 supply
                                                                                 Contamination of source.
                        Excess contamination  Contamination of water.
                        by bacteria, vegetation Low flow causes loss of
                        (taste and odor).
                        Chemicals, low flow.
                        Transportation
                        accidents (autos,
                        trains) which may
                        cause source con-
                        tamination.
                         Alarms. Periodically Provide standby pumps.
                         inspect pump
                         operation.
                                               Test water. Survey
                                               stream and control
                                               sources of contami-
                                               nation. Set up early
                                               warning system to
                                               prevent intake of
                                               waterwhich is beyond
                                               capability of removal
                                               by treatment.
                                               Transportation safety
                                               system. Water utility
                                               should be on  the list
                                               of those to be notified
                                               in case of accident  in
                                               the watershed.
                                             Control of industrial and
                                             other contamination is
                                             necessary.
                                                                 Figure 1-2'. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                       (sheet 11  of 19)
Operation Name: Convey Raw Water to Storage by Gravity
Operation Number:   11211000	

Subfunction:  Convey to Storage 11210000	
                                Function: Convey Raw Water 11200000
                                                                        11000000
                                                         Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
Component
& Number

Pipe or Conduit
11211001
Component
 Function

Confine and direct
raw water flow.
Line Stop Valves  Isolate portions of
 11211002        pipe for repair or
                 testing.  Emergency
                 flow control.
Control Valves
 11211003
Flow Meter
 11211004
Control flow from
remote station.
Indicate water flow
for control of flow to
meet water demand.
Outflow Structure Provide connection
 11211005        to pipe.
Failure
 Mode

Rupture.
Leakage.
Contamination by
trace metals.
                        Fail open by seizure.
                        Leakage.
Improper response
to signal.
Seizure.
Leakage.

Nonindication of flow.
                        Leakage.
Failure
 Effect

Loss of water.  Trace
metal contamination
may cause failure of
water system.
                      Loss of isolation capa-
                      bility.  Leakage causes
                      loss of water.
Loss of control.
Loss  of visual means to
measure flow.
                      Loss of water leakage
                      into structure may
                      possibly contaminate
                      water.
Detection
  Means'
Remarks
Periodically in-
spect pipe. Test
water for trace
metal contamination.
Proper design and
materials should
prevent contamination.
Pressure test for leaks.

Manually operate valves
periodically.  Pressure
test for leaks.
Calibrate and verify
valve operation. Pres-
sure test pipe and valves.
Visual.  Compare various
flow meters. Inspect and
calibrate.

Inspection of surfaces.
                                                  Figure  1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                   (sheet 12 of 19)
Operation Name: Convey Ra-.T Water to Storage by Pumping
Operation Number: 11212000	
Subfunction:  Convey to Storage 11210000	
                                       Function:  Convey Raw Water 1120000
                                                                           11000000
                                                            Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
Component
 & Number •.

Check Valve
 11212001
Line Stop
Valves
 11212002
Pumps
 11212003
Housing
Structure
 11212004

Control Valves
 11212005
Flow Meter
 11212006
Component
 Function

Prevent Back, flow to
pump.
Isolate pump from
pipe.
Provide energy to
move water.
Protect pumps from
elements and provide
foundation for pumps.

Provide flow control
from remote station.
                Same as 11211004
Pipe or Conduit  Same as 11211001
 11212007

Outflow Structure  Same as 11211005
 11212008
 Failure
  Mode

Fail open.
Leakage.
Fail open.
Leakage.
Loss of capacity
through pump
failure.
Leakage.
Error response.
Leakage.
Seizure.
 Failure
  Effect

Loss of pressure when
pump not operating.
Back Flow of water.

Loss of capability to
isolate pump if check
valve also fails.  A
safety hazard would
occur if only the check
valve were allowed to
hold pipe pressure.
 Detection
   Means

Periodically check
operation.
Periodically open and
shut valves and check
operation. Pressure
test for leaks.
Remarks
Loss of capacity and    Periodically inspect
pressure (if all pumps   pumps. Pump failure
fail).  Loss of pressure  indicated by annunciator
allows inflow of possible system.
contamination in system.
Loss of protection to
pumps,  if severe
exposure results.

Control loss of positive
shut-off ability.  Loss
of operation.
Inspection of housing
structure.
Calibration and testing
of valve operation.
Pressure test for
leakage.
                                                Figure .1-2.  (Continued)
-------
Operation Name:  Convey Raw Water to Treatment bv Gravity
Ooeration Number:  11221000	
Subfunction:  Convey to Treatment 11220000
                                    Function: Convey Raw Water  11200000
                                                                                                          (sheet  13  of 19)
                                                                      110000CO
                                                       Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
Component
 A-  N-.;rr,ber

 Pipe or Conduit
 11221001

 Line Stop
 Valves
 11221002

 Control Valve
 11221003

 Flow Meter
 11221004
Component
 Function

Same as 11211001


Same as 11211002



Same as .11211003


Same as 11211004
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Efioct
Detection
 Means
                                                                  Remarks
                                              Figure 1-2.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                              (sheet  14 of 19)
Operation Name: Convey Haw Water to Treatment by Pumping

Operation Number: 11222000	
Subiunction:  Convey to Treatment 11220000
                                    Function:  Convey Raw Water 11200000
                                                                      11000000
                                                       _ Subsystem: Obtain Raw \Vator
Component
&•. Number

 Check Valve
  11222001

 Line Stop
 Valves
  11222002

 Pumps
  11222003

 Housing
 Structure
  11222004
Component
 Function

 Same as 11212001


 Same as 11212002



 Same as 11212003


 Same as 11212004
 Control Valve    Same as 11212005
  11222005
 Flow Meter
  11222006
                 Same as 11211004
 Pipe or Conduit  Same as 11211001
  11222007
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means	
                                                                   Remarks
                                                 Figure 1-2.' (Continued)
-------
          Operation Name:  Store Raw Water in Elevated Tanks

          Operation Number:  11311000	

          Subfunction:  Store  in Tanks   11310000	
                                       Function:  Store Raw Water 11300000
                                                             (sheet  15 of 19)

                                                                            11000000
                                                            Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
 i
h-^
oo
          Component
          & Number

         Pipe, Inflow
          11311001

         Tank
          11311002
         Level Recorder
          11311003
         Line Stop
         Valves
          11311004
         Control Valve,
         Altitude Valve
          11311005
 Component
 Function

Same as  11211001
Confine and store raw
water. Storage also
provides some plain
settling. Storage gives
excess supply to meet
demand when source
flow is low.
Provide visual display
of stored water volume
and control feed.
Isolate fill pipe or tank
for inspection or repair
and for emergency flow
control.

Control amount of
stored water by head
pressure.
 Failure
  Mode
Rupture of tank. Leak-
age. Contamination bv
dissolving trace metals
from tank materials.
Algal growth can be a
problem in an open
tank.
 Failure
 Effect
 Detection
  Means
                                                                        Remarks
Failure to record or
to properly regulate
water level.
Fail open by seizure.
Leakage.
Improper response to
control signal.        <
Seizure.
Leakage.
Loss of stored water.
Possible loss of supply
if tank is not bypassed.
Contamination of water
may cause system to
fall below trace  metal
standards.
Taste and odor.

Loss of visual display.
Possible under- or over-
filling with water.
Under-filling may re-
sult in loss of excess
supply or even loss of
supply.

Loss of isolation
capability.
Loss of level control
(automatic).
Periodic inspection,  pres-
sure testing, and coating of
tank with noncontaminating
coating. Proper materials
and construction should
prevent contamination by
trace metals.  Contamination
detected by testing water.

Comparison of level  recorder
readings with  equivalent head
or pressure indicators.
Inspection, calibration, and
verification of proper operation
should be periodically per-
formed.

Manually operate valves
periodically. Pressure
test for leaks.
Calibrate and verify proper
operation.  Pressure test
for leaks.
                                                           Figure  1-2. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                               (sheet 16 of 19)
 i.
i—*
CD
                      Operation Name:   Store Raw Water in Elevated Tanks
                      Operation Number:  11311000
                      Subfunction: Store in Tanks 11310000
                                                                           Function:  Store Raw Water 11300000
                                                                                               11000000
                                                                                Subsystem: Obtain Raw Water
                      Component
                      & Number

                      Level
                      Controller
                      11311006
Component
 Function

Control signals to alti-
tude valve to preset
conditions of water
level.
 Failure
  Mode

Improper setting or
malfunction of signal
circuit.
 Failure
 rffcct

Loss of automatic level
control.
 Detection
  Means

Calibrate and verify
proper operation and
setting of controls.
Remarks
                                                                  Figure 1-2.  (Continued)
-------
I
CO
o
           Operation Name: Store Raw Water in Ground Level Tanks
           Operation Number:  11312000	
                                                                                                           (sheet 17 of 19)
           Subfunction: Store in Tanks  11310000
Component
& Number

Pipe,  Inflow
 11312001

Tank
 11312002

Level
Recorder
 11312003

Line Stop
Valves
 11312004

Control Valve
 11312005

Level
Controller
 11312006
                           Component
                             Function

                           Same as 11211001
Same as 11311002


Same as 11311003



Same as 11311004



Same as 11311005


Same as 11311006
                                       Function:  Store Raw Water  11300000
                                                                            11000000
                                                             Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
                       Failure
                       Modes
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
Remarks
                                                        Figure  1-2". (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                (sheet  18 of 19)
            Operation Name:

            Operation Number:  11321000
         Store Raw Water in Lined Reservoir
            Subfunction:  Store in Reservoir  11320000
                                Function: Store Raw Water 11300000
                                                                             1100000
                                                             Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
            Component
            &. Number

            Reservoir,
            Covered
            11321001
Lined.
            Line Stop Valves
            11321002
 i
CO
Component
 Function

Confine and store raw
water. Provide excess
supply when source
flow is low.  Provides
some plain settling.

Isolate reservoir for
inspection, cleaning,
and repair. Emergency
flow control.
Failure
 Mode

Break in reservoir.
Contamination from
external source.
Sedimentation
buildup.

Fail open by seizure.
Leakage.
Failure
 Effect

Loss of water. Exces-
sive contamination of
raw water. Loss of
storage capacity.
                                                      Loss of isolation
                                                      capability.
Detection
  Means

Inspection. Test water.
Inspect sediment depth.
Ownership and protection
of area surrounding
reservoir is necessary.

Manually operate valves
periodically.  Pressure
test for leaks.
                                                                                                      Remarks
            Control Valve,
            Altitude Valve
            11321003
        Same as 11311005
            Level Recorder
            11321004
        Same as 11311003
            Pipe,  Inflow
             11321C05
        Same as 11311001
            Level Controller
             11321006
        Same as 11311006
                                                         Figure 1-2.  (Continued)
-------
           Operation Name:   Store Raw Water in Earthen Reservoir

           Operation Number: 11322000	
                                                                                                              (sheet 19  of 19)
                                                                                                         11000000
           Subfunction: Store in Reservoir 11320000     Function; Store Raw Water 11300000   Subsystem:  Obtain Raw Water
IS3
to
Component
& Number

Reservoir, Earthen
 11322001

Line Stop Valves
 11322002

Control Valves,
Altitude Valve
 11322004

Level Recorder
 11322004

Pipe, Inflow
 11322005

Level Recorder
 11322006
                              Component
                               Function

                              Same as 11321001
                              Same as  11321002
                              Same as  11311005
                              Same as 11311003
                              Same as 11311001
                              Same as 11311006
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
                                                                    Remarks
                                                        Figure 1-2. (Continued)
-------
DO
oo
            12 TREAT RAW WATER







F 12111 COARSE SCREEN RAW WAT El?
-1212 PRED1SINFECT RAW WATER 	



-1222 COAGULATE, FLOCCULATE,


-1231 SPECIAL DISINFECTION TREATMENT 	
-12113 MICRO-STRAIN RAW WATER
-12121 PREDISINFECT DIRECTLY WITH Clj GAS
-12122 PREDISINFECT WITH Clj GAS SOLUTION FE5D
-12123 PREDISINFECT WITH LIQUID Clj EVAPORATOR
-12124 PREDISINFECT WITH DRY HYPOCHLORITE
-12125 PREDISINFECT WITH HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
-12126 PREDISINFECT WITH CHLORINE DIOXIDE
-12141 SPRAY AERATE RAW WATER
-12142 AERATE WITH MULTIPLE TRAYS
-12144 AERATE WITH DIFFUSION AERATOR
-12145 AERATE WITH MECHANICAL AERATOR
-12212 SOFTEN WITH ION EXCHANGE
-12221 ADD CHEMICALS AND RAPID MIX
-12222 COAGULATE AND FLOCCULATE
H2223 SETTLE FLOCCED PARTICLES
C2231 FILTER WITH GRAVITY FILTER
.2232 FILTER WITH PRESSURE FILTER
-12241 DIRECTLY AND CHLORINE GAS FEED
-12242 CHLORINE GAS SOLUTION FEED
-12243 LIQUID CHLORINE GAS EVAPORATOR FEED
-12244 DRY HYPOCHLORITE FEED
-12245 HYPOCHLORIT5 SOLUTION FEED
-12246 CHLORINE DIOXIDE FEED
-12312 OZONATE WATER
TASTES AND ODORS
irn nonvinr r.ncriAl TB'ATUFfjT . 17331 ARD FLUORIDE TO WATER
F
r
L
                                                                                                                   122112 ADD CHEMICALS AND MIX,
                                                                                                                        COAGULATE AND FLOC-
                                                                                                                        CULATE, SETTLE FLOCCED
                                                                                                                        PARTICLES
                                                                                                                   12311 AERATION
                                                                                                                   123112 ADD REDUCING CHEMICALS

                                                                                                                   123113 ACTIVATED CARBON
                            Figure  1-3.    Structure and Matrix for Raw Water Treatment, Subsystem 12
-------
               Operation Name:  Coarse Screen Raw Water
               Operation Number:  12111000
               Subfunction: Screen Raw Water 12110000
                          Function: Prctreat Raw Water 12100000
                                                                (sheet  1 of  17)

                                         . Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12000000
               Component
                & Number

               Intake and Outflow
               Structure
                12111001

               Fixed Screen, Bar
               Grille
                12111002
Component
 Function

Confine raw water to flow-
ing through screen.
Failure  .
  Mode

Break or leak in
structure.
Remove debris from water.  Clogged deterioration
                          or breakthrough.
 Failure
 Kffect
Detection
 Means
                                            Remarks
Loss of water screening.  Inspection.
                      Loss of screening capa-
                      bility. Clogging causes
                      loss of water supply.
                      Taste and color prob-
                      lems  might occur if
                      leaves or other vege-
                      tation decompose in
                      sufficient quantity.
                       Inspection of reservoir
                       and screens.
 I
to
                                         Figure 1-4. .   Component  Failure  Modes and  Effects Analysis
-------
                                                                                                                               (sheet 2  of  17)
                Operation Name:  Fine Screen Raw Water
 I
to
cn
                Operation Number:  12112000
                Subfur.ction: Screen Raw Water  12110000
 Component
 & Number

Intake and Outflow
Structure
 12112001

Traveling  Screen
 12112002

Washwater Pump
 12112003

Check Valve
 12112004

Line Stop Valves
 12112005

Washwater Jets
and Pipe
 12112006

Control  Valves
 12112007
                                   Component
                                    Function

                                   Same as 12111001
Remove fine debris such
as vegetation, leaves.

 Same as 11122007


 Same as 11212001


 Same as 11212002
                                  Spray water to remove
                                  debris from screen
                                   Same as 11212005
                                                             Function:  Prctrcat Raw Water 12100000
                                                                                        . Subsystem: Treat Raw Water  12000000
                           Failure  .
                             Mode
                                                             Same as 11122003
Failure
 Effect
 Detection
  Means
                                                                                              Remarks
                          Clogged jeta or pipe-
Clogged screen. In-
creased turbidity.
Inspection. Test of
water.
                                                               Figure 1-4. (Continued)
-------
              Operation Name: Micro-Strain Raw Water
              Operation Number:  12113000
              Subfunction:  Screen Raw Water 1211000
                                                                                                                                   (sheet  3 of  17)
                                              Function: Prctrent Rnw Water 12100000
                                          . Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12000000
 I
to
O3
 Component
 & Number

Intake and Outflow
Structure
 12113001

Traveling, Drum,
or Band Strainer
 12113002

Washwater Pump
12113003

Check Valve
 12113004

Line Stop Valves
 12113005

Washwater Jets,
Piping
 12113006

Control Valves
 12113007

Drains
 12113008

Sludge Removal
Pump
 12113009
                                Component
                                 Function

                                Same as 12111001
                                Same as 12112002
                                Same as 11122007
                                Same as 11212001
                                Same as 11212002
                                Same as 12112006
                                Same as 11212005
                                Drain Water from debris
                                removal area.

                                Remove sludge from wash
                                area-
 Failure
  Mode
Failure
 Effect
 Detection
  Means
                                                                   Remarks
Clogged.


Loss of sludge removal.
Flooding of structure.
Buildup of sludge in
debris removal area.
Inspection.


Inspection.
Provide standby sludge
pump.
                                                              Figure 1-4.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                       (sheet 4 of 17)
              Operation Name:  Predisinfect Directly Using Chlorir.e Feeder	
              Operation Number:  12121000	
              Subfunction:  Prodis infect Raw Water 12120000   Function: Parent Haw \Vai.cr 12100000
                                              Subsystem:  Treat Raw Water  12000000
 I
to
              Component
               ?•-, >.' u r.i h e r

              Chlorine Feeder
              12121001
Component
  Function

Feed chlorine gas directly
into pipeline or conduit, or
main, or channel.
 Failure  .
  Mode

High water pressure
above R= 20 psi.

Inadequate mixing with
water.
                                                             Insufficient fired rate
                                                             for water quantity.
Freeze-up due to rapid
evaporation.
                         Failure
                          Kffect
 Detection
  Means
                         Flooding and failure of   Pressure monitoring.
                         ft.'cdt-r to properly
                         diffuse C12-
                         Incomplete disinfection.  Water analysis for
                                                 bacteria and chlorine
                                                 residual.
                         Inadequate disinfection.
                                                                                       Loss of chlorination.
                                                             Loss of chlorine residual  Possible contamination
                                                             or increase in chlorine    of water has occured.
                                                             demand..
Water analysis  for
bacteria and chlorine
residual.
Feed indicator drop
in feed rate.
                                                 Monitor chlorine
                                                 residual.
              Chlorine Storage     Same as 12123002
              Tank and Connection
               12121002


              Note: (1) Direct feed chlorine equipment should be considered as emergency equipment and for small
                       installations where a suitable supply of water is unavailable for operation of solution feeders.
                   (2) Safety equipment and emergency procedures should be available where chlorine storage and
                       equipment are installed so that hazards to personnel are  minimized.
                   (3) Records should be maintained showing:
                       (a) Amount of water treated each 24-hour period (rate & flow)
                       (b) Chlorine used  (weight)
                       (c) Applied dosage
                       (>'} Chlorinator settings
                       (e) Time and location of sampling and results of testing for chlorine residual.
 Remarks

 Maximum pressure
 from Clo bottle.
                                           20 psi
Diffuser should be within
25 ft of feeder ahead of
pump,  valves, or similar
equipment-

Maximum feed rate is  about
7ft Ib per 2-4 hours to a pipe-
line or main and about 300 Ib
per 24 hours to an open tank
or channel.

Feed at proper rates
depending upon ambient
temperatures.

The presence of chlorine
residual indicates safe
water.
                                                                     Figure 1-4.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                     (sheet 5  of 17)
               Operation Name:  Predisinfect Raw Water With Chlorine Gas Solution  Feeder	
               Operation Number:  12122000	

               Subfunction: Predisinfect Raw Water 12120000    Function:  Pretrent Raw Water 12100000
                                                                       . Subsystem:  Treat Raw Water 12000000
               Component
                & Number

               Chlorine Solution
               Feeder
                12122001
 Component
  Function

 Feed chlorine in concen-
 trated solution with water
 into pipe, main, conduit,
•channel, or tank.
 Failure  .
  Mode

Loss of water pres-
sure.
                                                              Loss of power.
                                                              Hazardous mani-
                                                              folding of tanks to
                                                              obtain desired feed
                                                              rate.
 I
to
00
                                                              Freeze-up (relique-
                                                              faction).
                                                              Proper feed rate.
 Failure                 Detection
  Effect                   Means
Loss of vacuum and
chlorine feed.
                                                                                     Loss of chlorine feeder.
Loss of chlorine flow.
Loss of disinfection.
                                                                            Loss of chlorine flow.
                                                                            Loss of disinfection.
                                                   Personnel hazard and     Inspection.
                                                   danger to losing supply
                                                   because of large  number -
                                                   of tanks required.
Remarks

An injector water supply
is needed of 25 to 300 psi.
                                                                     Electric  power needed to
                                                                     operate feeder and other
                                                                     accessories.

                                                                     Solution feeders can feed
                                                                     up to 8000 !h  per 24 hr
                                                                     but discharge rate  is
                                                                     determined by tank pres-
                                                                     sures and capacities.
                                                                     Solution feeders generally
                                                                     are coupled to chlorine
                                                                     evaporators when required
                                                                     for chlorine exceed about
                                                                     2000 to 3000 tb  per 24 hr
                                                                     (see 12123000).
                                                                                    Flow loss.
                                                   Inadequate dosage.

                                                   Over-dosage giving taste
                                                   from chloramines.
                                                Monitor flow and
                                                alarms.

                                                Monitor  chlorine residual
                                                and combined total chlorine.
               Chlorine Storage     Same as 12123002
               Tank and Connections
                12122002


               See Note (2) Under 12121000.
                                                                      Figure 1-4.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                    (sheet  6 of 17)
 I
to
CO
               Operation Name:   Predisinfect Raw Water With Chlorine Feeder Using Evaporator

               Operation Number:  12123000	
               Subfunction:  Predisinfect Raw Water 12120000    Function: I'retrcat Raw Water 12100000
                                             Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12000000
Component
& Number
Chlorinator
12123001
Chlorine Storage
Tank and Con-
nections
12123002
Component Failure .
Function Mode
Same as 12122001

Provide chlorine supply on Leakage of gas.
a continuous basis. Scale
provide check on tank
usage and dosage rates.
Failure
Effect


Loss of chlorine and a
hazard to personnel
safety.
Detection
Means


Monitor tank
indicator for
loss rate.


weight
unusual
               Chlorine Evaporator Provide controlled evapo-
                12123003           ration of chlorine  so that
                                   proper mixing with water
                                   is achieved.  Superheats
                                   chlorine gas  for high use
                                   rates (over 2000 Ib  pc-r
                                   24 hr).
Intermittent flow when
changing tanks.

Freeze-up due to rapid
evaporation from tank.

Insufficient number of
tanks for continuous
flow.
Loss of power.
Kt-liquefaction of
chlorine gas due to
pressure.
                                                              Evaporator leak.
Loss of disinfection
during tank changeover.

Loss of flow.


Loss of disinfection
because of lack of
chlorine'.
Loss of heat source and
possible loss of chlorine
feed.

Improper control of
mixing and feed into
water.
                       Loss of chlorine feed
                       and a hazard to
                       personnel.
                                                                                                                                    Remarks
                      More than one source of
                      chlorine is desirable at
                      all times to insure not
                      depleting the tanks con-
                      nected and  spares.

Proper mainifold de-
sign for chlorine tanks.

Flow indicators  regis-
ter low flow.

Records showing tanks Keep adequate spare tanks
in use and number of   on hand (some connected
'spares.                to manifold) at all times
                      (30 day minimum supply).
                                                Power failure.
Drop in chlorine
residual.  Flow indi-
cator changes on
chlorinator. Causes
improper chlorinator
feed.

Loss of chlorination.
An alternate power source
or possible steam heat
source may be required.

A pressure-reducing valve
should be installed to pre-
vent  reliquefaction.
                                               An evaporator should be
                                               provided for each chlori-
                                               nator when used including
                                               standby chlorinators.
                See Note (2) under 12121000
                                                                    Figure  1-4.     (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                      (sheet 7  of  17)
              Operation Name: Predisinfect With Dry Hypochlorite
              Ooeration Number: 12124000
              Subfunction:  Predisinfect Raw Water 12120000    Function: Pretrc-at Raw Water 12100000
                                                                                            Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12000000
 I
GO
o
 Component         Component
 & Number           Function

Dry Hypochlorite     Provide container for
Basket or Bag Feeder  hypochlorite to gradually
Using Hypochlorite    dissolve and feed chlorine
Tablets              into water stream.
 12124001
             Hypochlorite
             Storage
              12124002
                     Provide excess capacity
                     for feeder.
                                                             Failure  .
                                                              Mode
                       Failure
                        Effect
Basket or bag failure    Loss of feed and chlori-
                       nation.
Dissolving away of all   Loss of disinfection.
hypochlorite.
Absorption of moisture
and fire hazard.
Corrosion of tank-
Loss of chlorine and
possible fire.
Deterioration and loss
of storage capacity-
Detection
 Means

Inspection.
Water tests.
Water test; frequent
refilling of basket/
bag-

Moisture content in
storage area.
Inspection and pre-
ventive  maintenance.'
Remarks

 This is a manual operation
 requiring personnel
 monitoring and filling of
 baskets.  Hypochlorite feed
 is limited to smaller water
 supply systems.

 Hypochlorites are
 hygroscopic (slightly). .
 Use corrosion resistant
 materials.
                                                                    Figure  1-4.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                      (sheet  8 of 17)
              Operation Name: Predisinfeet With Hypochlorite Solution Feeder
              Opera-.ion Number:  12125000	
              Subfunction:  Predisinfect Raw Writer 12120000    Function: Prctrrat H.-v.v Water 12100000
                                                                                           Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12QOOOOQ
 I
oo
Component
 & Number

Hypochlorite
Storage Tank
 12125001

Solution Prepara-
tion Tank
 12125002

Agitator
 12125003
              Solution Feeder
               12125004
                                  Component                  Failure
                                   Function                    Mode

                                   Same as 12124002
                                  Same as 12124002
Mix hypochlorite solution    Power loss.
and maintain solution form.
                           Breakage due to
                           deterioration.
                                                  Failure
                                                   Kffect
                        Detection
                         Means
                                                                                                Remarks
                    Proportional feed hypo-
                    chlorite solution into
                    water.
                                                              Power loss .
                                                              Feeder failure.
Loss of mixer.

Loss of mixer.


Loss of disinfection.




Loss of disinfection.
Power failure.

Inspection and pre-
ventive maintenance.

Power loss.           Power may be electric,
                      mechanical (shaft), water
                      power,  pheumatic,  or
                      auxiliary (gas engine).
Inspection and water   Hypochlorites are
tests.                 corrosive and materials
                      must be chosen accord-
                      ingly.
                                                                 Figure 1-4, (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                        (sheet 9 of  17)
              Operation Name:  Predisinfeet With Chlorine Dioxide
              Operation Number:  12126000
              Subfunction:  Predisinfeet Raw Water 12120000    Function:  Pretrcat Raw Water 12100000
                                                                                           Subsystem: Treat Raw Water 12000000
GO
tS3
              Component
              & Number

             Sodium Chlorite
            ."Storage Tank  .
              12126001
Ceramic Packed
Glass Chlorine
Dioxide Generator
 12126002

Chlorine Solution
Feeder
 12126003
                    Component
                     Function

                      Same as 12124002
Mix chlorine solution with
sodium chlorite and
generate chlorine dioxide.
                                 Feed 500 ppm chlorine
                                 solution to generator.
                            Failure
                             Alode
                                                            Improper mixing.
                                                             Same as 12122001
 Failure
 Effect
Decrease in generation
of chlorine dioxide and
loss of disinfection.
Detection
  Means
Water tests •
Monitoring Operation
of generator.
                                                                                                Remarks

                                                                                                Sodium chlorite is
                                                                                                explosive creating
                                                                                                storage and handling
                                                                                                problem.
             Chlorine dioxide
             Feeder
              12126004
                    Feed chlorine dioxide to
                    raw water through diffuser.
                                                             Same as 12122001
                                                                                                This treatment is good for
                                                                                                removing phenols because
                                                                                                of high reaction rates.
             See Note (2) under 12121000
                                                                    Figure 1-4. (Continued)
-------
             Item Name:  Pretreat Raw Water - Function
                                                                                                                                      (sheet 10 of 17)
             Item Number:  12100000
                           12130000 Plain Settle Raw Water
 I
CO
CO
             Item Name
             & Number

             Plain Settle Flaw
             Water
              12130000
Component
 Function

Reduce heavy sediment
loads prior to subsequent
treatment processes such
as coagulation.
 Failure                  Failure
  Mode                    Effect

Design and installation    Overloading of subse-
such that flow is too fast,  qucnt treatment pro-
turbulent, or length of    cossi-s with heavy
settling basin too short to sediment loads.
allow proper settling.

Operating at too high flow  Same.
rates to achieve settling'
                                                         Algae growth in basin or  Taste and odor prob-
                                                         reservoir.                lems  are created.
 Detection
  Means

Flow rate measurement
through basin. Look for
turbulent flow. Samples
show heavy sediment
content in effluent.
Same.
                                                                          Visual plus testing.
Remarks

Allow sufficient space between
influent, even flow (settling),
and effluent sections of basin.
                                                                                                   It is better to have redundant
                                                                                                   basins so that peak loads will
                                                                                                   not exceed  settling rates.  This
                                                                                                   also facilitates  cleaning and
                                                                                                   maintenance.
                                                                      Figure  1-4. (Continued)
-------
Item Name: Pretreat Raw Water - Function
Item Number: 12100000
              12140000 Aerate Raw Water
                                                                                                                          (sheet  11  of  17)
Item Name
 &• Number

Aerate Raw Water-
Subfunction
 12140000
Component
 Function

 Reduce CC>2.
 Reduce taste and odor
 producing substances,
 remove substances that
 interfere with subse-
 quent treatment processes.
 Oxidiv.p iron manganese,
 hydrogen sulfide,  and
 organic matter.
Failure                 Failure
 ?.1oi;!e                    Kfl'ect

Kquipment failure.
Short circuit of water
flow around  aeration
process.

Contamination from
airborne  matter.

Excessive aeration may
cause adverse effects on
iron and manganese
removal if low pH is
created.

Increased dissolved
oxygun content in water.
Overload process either  Loss of function due
because of failure, deg-  to overload.
radation or- peak demand.
Loss of oxygen contact
time.
                       Detection
                         Means
Increased corrosive-   Water test. Proper
ni-ss.  Loss of function  design. Inspection and
and exceed water      prevention of channel
quality criteria.        failure •
                                                                      Contamination of
                                                                      water supply.

                                                                      Loss of function if
                                                                      removing iron and
                                                                      manganese.
                                                                      Increased corrosion.
                      Proper design. Cover
                      over process. Use
                      filtered supply.

                      Dissolved oxygen con-
                      tent analysis of water.
                                                                         Dissolved oxygen con-
                                                                         tent analysis of water.
                                                                         Monitor demand and load
                                                                         on system.
 Remarks

No common wall boundaries
or direct overflow to finished
water.
                                                                                                  Chlorinate prior to aeration
                                                                                                  to aid oxidation; however
                                                                                                  this creates loss of chlorine
                                                                                                  and increases costs.
                                                                                                                    Provide standby redundant
                                                                                                                    equipment in order to meet
                                                                                                                    overloads,  shutdown for
                                                                                                                    maintenance or repair.
                                                          Figure 1-4. (Continued)
-------
               Item Name: Soften Water
               Item Number:  12210000
                              Treat Water 12200000. Treat Raw Water 12000000
                                                                                                                                    (sheet 12 of 17)
               Item Name
                & N'urr.b°r

               Lime-Soda-Ash
               Softening
                12211000
 I
W
01
               Ion Exchange
                12212000
Component
 Function

 Add CaO to remove COg
 as CaCO;j and to oxidize
 and precipitate iron and
 manganese  in raw water
 Operation involves lime
 feed, rapid mix, floccu-
 lation,  sludge removal
(rapid sand filtration and
 stabilization would follow).
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Trace elements in lime.   Water contamination.
                                                            Lime feeder clogged.
                                                            Sludge removal equip-
                                                            ment failure.
                                                            Improper floe mix and
                                                            formation.
                                  Remove CaCO3 and other   Clogging.
                                  ions by displacement.
                         Loss of lime feed.
                         Failure of operation.

                         Loss of operation.

                         Decreased sedi-
                         mentation effective-
                         ness and increased
                         clogging of filter.
                                                    Frequent flushing
                                                    requiring more
                                                    off-line (down) time.
 Detection
   Means

Analysis of lime to
check quality.
Periodically inspect and
clean lime feed equip-
ment.

Loss of equipment
operation.

Visual inspection can
confirm proper floe
formation. Jar tests
should be performed
for proper chemical
dosage.


Increase in loss  of head
across resin bed.
                                                                        Remarks
                                                                                                  Use turbidimeter to check
                                                                                                  variance in raw water
                                                                                                  turbidity, then perform
                                                                                                  jar tests and correlate
                                                                                                  to determine proper
                                                                                                  chemical dosage control-
                                                                       A standby unit is required
                                                                       for operation during
                                                                       regeneration.
                                                                         Figure 1-4:  (Continued)
-------
                Item Name:  Coagulate.  Flocculate, and Sediment
                Item Number: 12220000
                               Treat Water 12200000. Treat Raw Water 12000000
                                                                                                                                         (sheet  13 of 17)
                Item Name
                & Number

                Add chemicals and
                Rapid Mix
                12221000
 I
co
Oi
                Coagulate and
                Flocculate
                 12222000
                Sedimentation
                 12223000
Component
 Function

 Attain full mixing and
 contact of suspended
 solids with flocculant
 agent.
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
 Attain complete envelop-
 ment of suspended
 particles within floe.
 Reduce amount of settle-
 able solids.
Flocculent feeder failure. Failure of operation.
                                                              Raffled mixing basin
                                                              having wide flow vari-
                                                              ations •
                                                              Mechanical mixer
                                                              failure.


                                                              Excess alum.
                                                              Flocculator failure-
                                                              Baffle failure.
Flow control.

Sludge removal equip-
ment failure.
Sludge accumulation.
                         Not suitable for
                         mixing. Reduced
                         efficiency.
                         Loss of operation.
                                                                                       Destroys floe and
                                                                                       carries into finished
                                                                                       water.
 Loss of agitation and
 coalescence of parti-
 cles.

 Velocity flow occurs
 which shears floe and
 prevents coalescence.

 Insufficient time for
 settling-
 Shutdown of basin for
 cleaning.

 Take basin out of
 service for cleaning-
 Detection
   Means

Alarm; inspection of
feeder.
Flow measurement.
                                                                           Inspection.
                                                Remarks

                                                Standby feeder necessary •
                                                for continuous operation.

                                                Baffled basins not suitable
                                                where  flow varies widely.


                                                Install over capacity so that
                                                standby, mixing capacity is
                                                available.
Monitor aluminum
content in finished water.
Perform jar tests and
monitor turbidity to
control alum dosage
rate.

Visual inspection. A
proper floe can be seen
in the water.

Visual inspection. A
proper floe can be seen
in the water.

Flow monitoring.

Operations; visual   )
inspection.           >
Measure sludge depth.)
                                                                         Paddle wheel flocculators
                                                                         are used Cor agitation.


                                                                         Care must be taken in
                                                                         design to prevent this.
                                                                                                                                      Standby equipment is
                                                                                                                                      required in order to
                                                                                                                                      remove a basin from
                                                                                                                                      service-
                                                                     Figure 1-42 (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                     (sheet 14 of 17)
               Item Name: Filter Water
               Item Number:  12230000
                             Treat Water 12200000. Treat Raw Water 12000000
               Item Name
               & Number

               Gravity Filter
               12231000
Component
 Function

 Separate suspended and
 colloidal impurities from
 water by passing through
 a porous medium-
 I
Oi
-3
               Pressure Filter
                12232000
                                  Same as 12231000 above
Failure
 Mode

Clogging.
                                                             Breakthrough.
                                                             Media disruption due
                                                             to high backwash rate-
                           Controls failure such
                           as control of flow
                           (flow controlled).

                           Filter breakthrough
                           at corners.
Failure
 Effect

 More frequent back-
washing.

 Failure and passage
of contaminated
water.


 Disruption of filter
bod and filter must
be removed from
service and restored.
 Detection
   Means

High loss of head through
filter.

Loss in head. Increased
alum in water and
increased chlorine
demand.

Media dislodgement
during backwash. Care
must be exercised when '
backwashing. Could
lead to breakthrough.
                         Filter must be         Operation of filter.
                         removed from service Loss of head •
                         until controls restored.
                                                                                     Loss of filtration.
                                                                                                           • Buildup of floe or
                                                                                                           surface coating in
                                                                                                           corners of filter.
               Notes:  Filtration is probably the single most important process in treating water sources of
                      poor quality.  When coupled with pretreatment,  filtration removes over 99 percent of
                      bacteria (post chlorination controls remainder); over 98 percent of polio virus removed
                      by flocculation and filtration,  turbidity reduced to less than 0.2 Jackson  Units by
                      filtration; color iron, manganese are easily removed with proper pretreatment; large
                      microorganisms readily removed.
Remarks
                                                                        .Standby filter
                                                                        capacity is
                                                                        necessary to
                                                                        provide redun-
                                                                        dancy for
                                                                        removing a
                                                                        filter from
                                                                        Media should be
                                                                        periodically removed,
                                                                        underdrains cleaned.
                                                                        and media restored.
                                                                      Figure 1-4.  (Continued)
-------
co
oo
                                                                                                                     (sheet 15 of 17)
              Item Name:  Post Disinfect Water

              Item Number:   12230000	
                           Treat Water 12200000. Treat Raw Water 12000000
              Item Name
              & Number

              12241000
              through
              12246000
Component
 Function
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
                                                                                         Remarks
 Same as 12121000 through 12126000
                                                            Figure 1-4^  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                      (sheet  16  of  17)
                       Item Name:  Provide Special Treatment
                       Item Number:  12300000
                                       Treat Raw Water 12000000
 I
00
CO
                       Item Name
                       & Number

                      Dechlorinate Water
                       12311000
                   Component
                    Function
                      Ozonate Water
                       12312000
Treat with
Carbon
 12321000
                      Add Fluoride to
                      Water
                       12331000
                          Failure
                           Mode

                          Failure of treatment.
                   Remove excess chlorine
                   following treatment having
                   super chtorination to
                   render the water more
                   palatable.  Methods
                   include adding 50%, aera-  Overdosage.
                   tion, treatment using
                   activated carbon.
                   Diffuse in water to
                   disinfect.
Add activated carbon
to remove tastes and
odors, phenolic com-
pounds, toxic chemicals
excess chlorine.

Additive to fight tooth
decay-
                         Failure
                          Effect
Detection
  Means
                                                                                                                      Remarks
                                                   Super chlorinated water Monitor treatment pro-
                                                   enters distribution sys- cess. Test finished
                                                   tern. It can irritate eyes water.  Monitor  Cl2
                                                   and be unpalatable.     residual.
                          Loss of ozone generating
                          equipment due to failure
                          or to power loss.
                                                                                             Reduced (or loss)
                                                                                             chlorine residual.
                                                                                             Loss of disinfection.
Failure of feed equipment. Loss of control.
                         Possible contamination
                         of water.
                                              Fluoride below or above
                                              limits deleterious to
                                              dental health due to flow
                                              proportioner failure.
                         Exceed limits causing
                         dental deterioration.
                                                                          Monitor  chlorine residual.
                                                Alarm should be pro-
                                                vided.  Test water.
Alarm and monitoring
system.  Test water.
Alarm and monitoring
system. Test water
Colorimetric tests.
                      Notes: Records should be maintained for all chemical additions:
                                  (a) Flow and volume of water treated
                                  (b) Amount of chemical  used
                                  (c) Theoretical dosage
                                  (d) Machine setting and  actual dosage
                                  (e) Chemicals on hand and ready for use
                                  (f) Concentration of chemicals
                                                                    Figure I-4.i  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                  (sheet 17  of 17)
              Item Name:    Treat Raw Water
              Item Number:   12000000
              Item Name
              & Number

             Special
             Considerations
              12000000
Component
 Function

 Design.
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Kffect
Detection
  Means
 i
£>•
O
Failure of common walls Contamination of water.  Visual examination
                           where higher qviality
                           water could be contami-
                           nated by lower quality
                           water.
                                                           Bypass of treatment
                                                           plant.
                           Treatment facilities
                           contaminated by air-
                           borne pollutants.
                                                           Sanitary (toilets, etc.)
                                                           equipment failure.
                                                           Piping failure of low
                                                           quality water.
                                                    Loss of treatment,
                                                    possible distribution
                                                    of contaminated water.
                                                                                   Water contamination.
                                                                                   Water contamination.
                                                   Water contamination
                                                   if tow quality main
                                                   could fail and damage
                                                   higher quality main or
                                                   dump water into higher
                                                   quality water.
                                                Proper design should
                                                preclude occurence.

                                                Increased chlorine
                                                demand  or loss of
                                                residual.
                                                Visual examination.

                                                Loss of chlorine
                                                residual.
                                                Air monitoring.
                                                Increased chlorine
                                                demand or loss of
                                                residual.

                                                Visual inspection.
                                                Increased chlorine
                                                demand or loss of
                                                residual.
                                                Visual inspection.
                                                Loss of chlorine
                                                residual.
                                                Remarks

                                               High quality water should  '
                                               be above lower quality
                                               water where common
                                               divisions occur.

                                               Common walls should
                                               not be allowed in
                                               proper design.
                                               Proper design and main-
                                               tenance should preclude
                                               existence in plants where
                                               raw water must be treated
                                               to meet standards.

                                               Proper design should have
                                               covered facilities.
                                               Proper design should isolate
                                               sanitary  equipment from
                                               treatment processes and
                                               water so that failure would
                                               not cause contamination of
                                               water.

                                               If low quality and high
                                               quality mains must be
                                               routed through same
                                               area, route high quality
                                               above low quality with
                                               maximum separation.
                                               Never route low quality
                                               water over higher quality
                                               water.
                                                                    Figure .1-4. (Continued)
-------
13  DISTRIBUTE TREATED -
   WATER
                       -131 CONVEY TREATED WATER
                       L132 STORE TREATED WATER-
-c
                                                    311  CONVEY TO STORAGE -
                                                   1312  CONVEY TO DEMAND-
                                                   -1321  STORE IN TANKS-
                                                   -1322  STORE IN RESERVOIRS-
-C
-C
-C
41
13112 PUMP FEED TO STORAGE
1312) GRAVITY FEED TO DEMAND
13122 PUMP FEED TO DEMAND
13211 ELEVATED TANKS
13212 GROUND-LEVEL TANKS
13221 LINED RESERVOIR
13222 EARTHEN RESERVOIR
          Figure  1-5..   Structure and Matrix for Distribution of Treated  Water,  Subsystem  13
-------
                                                                                                                                   (sheet  1 of 6)
             Item Name:  Distribute Treated Water
             Item Number:  13000000
 I
^
to
             Item Name
              & Number

             Convey Treated
             Water to Storage
             by Gravity
              13111000
Component
 Function

Transport treated water to
storage under gravitational
force to maintain pressure.
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Conduit or pipe leakage  Inflow of contaminated
or failure. Valve failure  water.
Draft such as fire pump
causing loss  of pressure.
                        Loss of control. Possible
                        contamination during
                        repair. Also, backflow
                        could occur if check
                        valve failed.
Detection
 Means

Inspection and pressure
testing of conduit or
pipe.  Excess leakage
should not be allowed.
Periodically check
valves for proper
operation.
                           Sludge in pipe or con-
                           duit from settling of
                           solids out of water.
                           Contamination or slime
                           in pipe or conduit.
                                                           Flooding.
                                                          Corrosion.
                        Loss of flow.             Inspection.
                                                                                  Bacterial contamination,
                                                                                  odors, and tastes.
                                                                                  Contamination.
                                                                                  Equipment failure, added
                                                                                  metal content to water
                                                                                  (may contaminate).
                                                Monitor chlorine resid-
                                                ual.  Test water.
                                                                            Pipe or conduit should
                                                                            be installed above flood
                                                                            levels to prevent back-
                                                                            flow.

                                                                            Monitoring pH,
                                                                            alkalinity,  and inspec-
                                                                            tion results. Test
                                                                            water.
 Remarks

Proper design should not  '
have treated water passing
below lower quality water
or in adjacent walls where
contamination might flow
into finished water if
failure occurred. Sewers
to be 10 away. Repairs
should have flushing and
disinfection procedures to
prevent contamination. Use
proper materials.  Do not
use materials that support
the growth of pathogenic
organisms. Materials should
meet AWWA specs.

Periodic flushing necessary to
remove settled sludge.

Provide chlorine residual in
water. Minimum is 4 mg/1
for 30 min.

Proper design should have
excess pressure in pipe or
conduit to prevent flooding
and back flow.

Proper material selection,
proper pH and control of
alkalinity should prevent.
Prevent the occurrence of
dead water pockets.
                                                    Figure  1-6,    Failure  Modes and Effects Analysis
-------
                                                                                                                                        (sheet 2  of  6)
              Item Name: Distribute Treated Water
              Item Number: i ?nnnnnn
 I
t^
GO
              Item Name
               & Number .

              Pump Treated
              Water to Storage
               13112000
Convey to Demand
by Gravity
 13121000"
                  Component
                    Function

                  Pump water to achieve head
                  required to reach storage
                  head and supply water.
Furnish water by gravity
using storage head to
maintain pressure*
                           Failure
                            Mode

                            All in 13111000

                           Pump failure.


                           Controls failure to turn
                           pump on at low storage.
                        Failure
                         Effect
                                                                                   Loss of pressure.
                                                                                   Loss of pressure.
All shown in 13111000

Note:  The rate of failure of distribution mains
      depends upon length of  installed pipe.

Backflo'.v in low pres-   Contamination of supply-
sure area.
                                                           Dead ends.
                                                           (Continued)
                                                                                   Stagnation and con-
                                                                                   tamination of supply.
Detection
 Means
                                                Alarm.  Monitoring
                                                operation.

                                                Alarm.  Monitoring
                                                operation.
                                                                                                            Cross-connection sur-
                                                                                                            vey program and pres-
                                                                                                            sure test programs for
                                                                                                            minimizing  the chance
                                                                                                            of backflow  and low
                                                                                                            pressure occurrence.
                                                                        Remarks
                       Sufficient standby pump
                       capacity should be provided.

                       Sufficient displays should
                       be provided for monitoring
                       the operation.
                                                                                                                     Proper system design
                                                                                                                     should preclude low
                                                                                                                     pressure which might
                                                                                                                     suck (or siphon) con-
                                                                                                                     tamination into distri-
                                                                                                                     bution system. This
                                                                                                                     use of vacuum breakers
                                                                                                                     at consumer connections,
                                                                                                                     back pressure valves,
                                                                                                                     and check valves would
                                                                                                                     lessen chances of
                                                                                                                     occurrence.
                                                                                              A flushing procedure
                                                                                              should be followed to
                                                                                              periodically flush dead
                                                                                              ends and test water
                                                                                              quality-
                                                                      Figure 1-6.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                         (sheet  3 of 6)
Item Name:   Distribute Treated Water
Item Number: 13000000
Item Name
& Numb°r
Component
 Function
13121000 (Continued)
Failure
 Mode

 Clogging.
 Failure
  Effect

Loss of capacity and
higher susceptibility
to low pressure
occurrence.
Detection
  Means

Increased head pres-
sure in a main.

boss of pressure.
                                                                                                   Remarks

                                                                                                   Proper chemical controls '
                                                                                                   and flushing program should
                                                                                                   be followed.
Note:  (1)  A plumbing code should prohibit connections which might
           allow discharge or suction of unknown or questionable
           liquids into the water supply.  Blow-off connections to
           s'ewers or sewer manholes should be prohibited.

       (2)  A system should be provided with sufficient bypass and
           blow-off valves  to make necessary repairs without undue
           interruption of service over any appreciable area.
Pump Water to
Demand
 13122000
Pump water to achieve
head and volume to
supply demands.
All in 13121000

Note: (1) A plumbing code should prohibit connections which
          might allow discharge or suction of unknown or
          questionable liquids into the water supply. Blow-off
          connections to sewers or  sewer manholes should be
          prohibited.

          The rate of failure of distribution mains depends upon
          the length of installed pipe.
                                             Pump failure.


                                             Controls failure to
                                             turn pump on to meet
                                             demand.


                                             (Continued)
                                                   Loss of pressure and
                                                   capacity.

                                                   Loss of pressure and
                                                   capacity.
                                                Alarm.  Monitoring
                                                operation.

                                                Alarm.  Monitoring
                                                operation.
                                                Sufficient standby pump
                                                capacity should be provided.

                                                Sufficient display information
                                                provides operator with
                                                monitoring instrumentation
                                                to display problem occurrence.
                                                           Figure 1-6.  (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                      (sheet 4  of  6)
            Item Name:  Distribute Treated Water
            Item Number:   13000000
            Item Name
            & Number
 Component
 ' Function
Failure
 Mode
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
                                                                                                                                 Remarks
            13122000 (Continued)
                            Backflow  in low pres-
                            sure area.
                        Possible contamination
                        of supply.
 I
(^
01
                            Dead ends.

                            Clogging.
                       Same as 13121000.

                       Same as 13121000.
            Store Treated
            Water in Elevated
            Tanks
            13211000
Provide storage capacity
for treated water at
sufficient height to pro-
vide head sufficient to
maintain system pres-
sure at 20 psi minimum.
Tank rupture (freezing  Loss of water.
of riser or failure)
                                                         Corrosion.
                                                                                Contamination of water
                                                                                by corrosion products.
                       Cross-connection sur-
                       vey program and pres-
                       sure test programs for
                       minimizing the chance
                       of backflow and low
                       pressure occurrence.
                                                                                                                                Proper system design should
                                                                                                                                preclude low pressure which
                                                                                                                                might suck (or siphon) con-
                                                                                                                                tamination into the distribution
                                                                                                                                system.  The use of vacuum
                                                                                                                                breakers at consumer con-
                                                                                                                                nections,  back pressure valves.
                                                                                                                                and chetk valves would lessen
                                                                                                                                chances of occurrence.
                                               Proper inspection prevents
                                               rupture. Means to prevent
                                               freezing should be installed
                                               where freezing temperatures
                                               of sufficient lowness and
                                               duration occur.
                                                                            Control pH, dissolved    Proper material selection,
                                                                            oxygen, monitor         proper construction,  proper
                                                                            inspection results.  Test maintenance,  proper controls
                                                                            water.                  will prevent failure. A
                                                                                                   periodic tank  cleaning and
                                                                                                   coating is required.
Inspection and testing.
                                                                       Figure  1-6.  (Continued)
-------
Item Name: Distribute treated water
Item Number: 13000000
                                                                                                                          (sheet 5  of 6)
Item Name
&  Number
Component
 Function
13211000 (Continued)
Failure
 Mode

 Level controls failure.
                                              Bacteria in water.
 Failure
  Kffcct

Maintain improper tank
level control. Possible
loss of reserve (excess)
water storage.
                                                   Contamination of water.
Store Treated
Water in Ground
Level Tanks
 13212000

Store Treated
Water in Lined
Reservoir
 13221000
                  Same as 13211000
Provide storage capacity
for treated water at
sufficient head to main-
tain system pressure at
20 psi minimum .
                  Note: A good maintenance
                  program is required for
                  clearwells and other lined
                  reservoirs for finished
                  water.
 Reservoir rupture.

 Bacteria in water.
Loss of water.

Water contamination.
                            Level controls failure.   Possible loss of water.
                                              Contamination.
                                                   Water failure.
                                                   Note (2)
Detection
 Means
                                                                                                                      Remarks
                                                                                              Compare head pressure Level controls are usually'
                                                                                              and level control        connected to controller for
                                                                                              actuation points. Peri-  pump that fills tank.
                                                                                              odically inspect controls
                                                                                              and calibrate.
                                                 Water tests for bacteria
                                                 and chlorine residual.
                                                Booster chlorination is
                                                required where bacteria
                                                occur in stored finished
                                                water. Chlorine residual
                                                is 0. 4 mg// for 30 min
                                                minimum.
Inspection and testing.

Test water for bacteria
and chlorine residual.

Note (1) below
                                                                        Booster chlorination may
                                                                        be required. Chlorine residual
                                                                        should be 0. 4 mg/1 for
                                                                        30 min  minimum.
                                                                        Reservoir should be covered.
                                                 Compare head, pres-    Level controls are usually
                                                 sure,and level control   connected to controller for
                                                 actuation points.  Peri-  pump that fills reservoir.
                                                 odically inspect controls
                                                 and calibrate.

                                                 No sewer within 50 feet
                                                 with a below-ground
                                                 floor. Ten feet all  others.
                                                           Figure I~6. (Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                             (sheet 6  of  6)
Hem Name: Distribute Treated Water
Item Number: 130000'00
Itom Name
 & Kumber

13221000 (Continued)
Component
 Function
Failure
 Mode

Slime or sediment in
reservoir.
Failure
 Effect

Tastes and odor.
Detection
 Means

 Visual inspection.
                                                                                                    Remarks

                                                                                                    Chlorine residual should
                                                                                                    minimize occurrence.
                                                                                                    Periodic cleaning is
                                                                                                    required.
Store Treated
Water in Earthen
Reservoir
 13222000
Same as 13221000 above
plus:
Aquatic vegetation
growth.
                                                                             Taste and odors.
                        Visual inspection.
                        Chlorine residual should
                        minimize.  Periodic treat-
                        ment with copper sulfate
                        and cleaning is required.
Note: (1)  Open finished water reservoirs should not be permitted.  In event
          they are used, chlorine residuals must be maintained or booster
          chlorination facilities are required to insure complete disinfection
          before distribution to the first customer.

      (2)  The surface should be graded to drain surface water away from the
          reservoir and the area should be secured from public or animal
          access by fencing.  Manholes should be elevated and have a water-
          tight cover.  Vents should be inverted and screened (No.  24 mesh)
          to prevent rain,  insects, or animals from entering.

General notes for distribution subsystems:

      Bacteriological quality hazards
          a.  Insufficient treatment at point of production
          b.  Cross-connections
          c.  Improperly protected distribution system storage
          d.  Inadequate disinfection of mains
          e.  Unsatisfactory construction of mains,  including improper joint-packing material
          f.  Close proximity of sewer and water mains
          g.  Improperly constructed, maintained,  or located blow-off, vacuum, and air relief valves
          h.  Negative pressures in the distribution system
          i.  Dead ends in distribution mains
                                                          Figure 1-6^ (Continued)
-------
 I
rf^
oo
14 PROVIDE WATER
   QUALITY SURVEILLANCE—
                                      r-141 TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            BACTERIA
                                       -142 TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            CHEMICAL CONTENT
-143  TEST TREATED WATER FOR -
      PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
      CHARACTERISTICS
                                      M44
                                           TEST TREATED WATER FOR
                                            OTHER CONSTITUENTS-
                                                                    -1411
                                                            UST TREATED WATER FOR BACTERI-
                                                             OLOGICAL CONTENT 	
                                                                    -1421  TEST FOR MINERAL CONTENT-
                                                                    -1422 TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENf-
                             -1431
TEST FOR TASTE, ODOR,
 TURBIDITY, AND COLOR"
                                                                    -1441  TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY-
                                                                    -1442
                                                                         TEST TO MAINTAIN CONTROL
                                                                         OF TREATMENT	
                                                                    14111 SAMPLE FOR BACTEKIA TEST

                                                                    14112 TEST FOR BACTERIAL CONTENT
                                                                   -14211 SAMPLE FOR MINERAL CONTENT TESTS

                                                                   -14212 TEST FOR MINERAL CONTENT
                                                                   -14221 SAMPLE FOR ORGANIC CONTENT TESTS

                                                                   -14222 TEST FOR ORGANIC CONTENT
{
                                                                                                           14311
SAMPLE FOR PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
 CHARACTERISTICS
                                                                  -c
                                                                                              14312 TEST FOR PHYSICAL AND AESTHETIC
                                                                                                    CHARACTERISTICS

                                                                                              14411 SAMPLE FOR RADIOACTIVITY TEST

                                                                                              14412 TEST FOR RADIOACTIVITY CONTENT
                                                                                            -14421 TEST FOR CHLORINE RESIDUAL

                                                                                            -14422 TEST FOR HARDNESS
                                                                                              14423 MEASURE PH

                                                                                            L14424 MEASURE TEMPERATURE
                            Figure 1-7..  Structure and Matrix of the Water Quality Surveillance Subsystem
-------
                                                                                                                                     (sheet  1 of 2)
               Item Name:  Provide Water Quality Surveillance
               Item Number: 14000000  	
CD
               Item Name
               & Number

               Sample for Bacteria
               Test
                14111000
               Test for Bacteria
               Content in Samples
                1411200C
               Sample and Test
               Water for Chemical
               (Mineral & Organic)
               Content
                14200000
Component
 Function

Provide adequate sampling
to statisticallv provide
assurance of not exceeding
drinking \vater standards
in the entire distribution
system.
Failure
  Mode

Samples taken too close
to treatment.
Failure
 Effect
                                                Detection
                                                  Means
                                               Remarks
Entire distribution SYS- Independent survey of
                         tcm not covered
                         meaning far points in
                         system may not meet
                         bacteriological limits.
                            Sampling container not     Contamination of
                            properly cleaned,  sample  sample resulting in
                            insufficiently protected,    erroneous analytical
                            sample not tested  ns soon  results.
                            as possible.

                            Insufficient number of     Possibility that  statis-
                            samples per month. Lack  tical assurance  of good
                            of random sampling and    quality cannot be made.
                       sampling by Public
                       lie." 1th Service or other
                       service organi/ations.
                                                                                                                    Comparison of sample
                                                                                                                    results with previous
                                                                                                                    test results and re-
                                                                                                                    sample for retesting.
                                                 Monitor sampling to
                                                 insure correct num-
                                                 ber are  taken. Check
Perform test for bacteria    Test procedures which
in accordance with standard  are not as rigorous as
methods.  Laboratory should standard methods.
be certified
good coverage of system.  Also.l'HS requirements  population frequently
                                                 to insure correct
                                                 number specified.

                                                 Survey of laboratory
                                                 procedures, media,
                                                 other chemicals, and
                                                 comparison with
                                                 standard methods.
                                                                                            are not met.
                         Possible nonidenti-
                         fication of bacteria
                         when water is contami-
                         nated .
Test water at sufficient      Insufficient sampling and
intervals to ensure meeting  testing to statistically
the drinking water standards, ensure water quality.
                                                                   Sampling and testing not
                                                                   in accordance with stan-
                                                                   dard methods.
                         Possible water contami- Statistical analysis of
                         nation.                 all test results.
                                                      Possible erroneous
                                                      results.
                                                 Survey of laboratory
                                                 methods and proce-
                                                 dures.
                                               If bacteria are found
                                               in water In varying
                                               numbers, it becomes
                                               very important to
                                               assure meeting
                                               requirements.

                                               Laboratory should be
                                               certified.
                                               Each test result should
                                               be compared with pre-
                                               vious results to see if
                                               quality is deteriorating.

                                               Laboratory  should be
                                               certified.
                                                   Figure 1-8.     Failure Modes  and  Effects  Analysis
-------
              Item Name: Provide Water Quality Surveillance
              Item Number: 14000000	
                                                                                                                                            (sheet 2 of 2)
              Item Name
              & Number
                       Component
                         Function
Test Water for          Test for turbidity, taste.
Physical and Aesthetic   odor, and color.
Properties
 14300000
              Test tor Other
              Constituents
               14400000
                        Test for radioactivity.
                                      Test to maintain control
                                      of treatment-and distri-
                                      bution.
 I
CJi
O
                                                                  Insufficient sampling and
                                                                  testing to statistically
                                                                  ensure water quality.
Insufficient sampling and
testing to statistically
ensure water quality.

Failure to adjust treat-
ment to meet variations
in raw water; failure to
monitor treatment to
ensure all processes are
functioning properly from
raw water intake to the
farthest point in the dis-
tribution.
                         Failure
                          Effect

                         Possible water
                         contamination.
Possible water
contamination.
                                                                             Inadequate treatment
                                                                             inefficient treatment,
                                                                             contamination by over-
                                                                             treating.
                       Detection
                         Means

                        Statistical analysis
                        of all test results.
Statistical analysis
of all test results.
                        Operational control
                        tests are for:
                        alkalinity,  aluminum
                        chloride, chlorine
                        residual, color,
                        fluoride, hardness,
                        iron,  jar tests,  man-
                        ganese, pH, taste and
                        odor, turbidity.
Remarks

Instruments are
available for continuous
monitoring of turbidity.


Instruments are
available to measure
radioactivity.

Frequency of  tests
should be such to assure
proper treatment of
water as its 4uality
varies and to  ensure
proper control of the
water system.
                                                                       Figure  I-8. (Continued)
-------
                                   -151  PROVIDE UTILITIES-
        15 PROVIDE SERVICES-
 I
Or
                                                                 1511  PROVIDE POWER-
-c
                                        15111  PRIMARY POWFR
                                        15112  AUXILIARY POWER
                                        15121  SANITARY EQUIPMENT
                                                                                                      r
                                                                                                     -L 15122 HABIIABILITY ITEMS
                                    152 OPERATE AND MAINTAIN
                                         EQUIPMENT	
  1512 PROVIDE SANITARY AND HABIT-
       ABILITY ITEMS
                                      r-15211  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
1-1521 PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE-j-15212  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE LABOR
                                      L-15213  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                                        15221  CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE LABOR
                                        15222  CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                                                                - 1522  PERFORM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
-c:
                                                               L1523  OPERATE EQUIPMENT
  -15231  CONTROL EQUIPMENT
   15232  MONITORING EQUIPMENT
  -15233  ALARM SYSTEM
  - 15234 OPERATING SCHEDULE
  -15235 OPERATING LABOR
  -15236 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
                                       Figure 1-9.    Structure and  Matrix of Services Subsystem
-------
                                                                                                                              (sheet  1 of 6)
              Item Name: Provide Utilities
              Item Number: 15100000
                                            ISflOOOOQ
               Item Name
               & Number

               Provide Power
               15110000
Component
  Function

Supply primary electrical
power.
                               Supply auxiliary electrical
                               power.
 Failure
  Mode

Power loss unless
secondary or auxiliary
power supply is provided.
                         Power loss of primary
                         and auxiliary power
                         sources.
Failure
 Effect

Loss of  electrical
equipment.
                         Loss of electrical
                         equipment.
Detection
 Means                Remarks

None for power failures.
Interruptions for service
maintenance can be fore-
cast.

None for power failures.
Interruptions for service
maintenance can be fore-
cast .
 I
Oi
CO
                                               Figure  I-10.  Failure Modes  and Effects  Analysis
-------
           Item Name:  Provide'Sanitary and Habitabilitv Items
           Item Number:  15120000
                          Provide Utilities 1510000, Provide Services 15000000
                                                                                                                                 (sheet 2  of  6)
01
CO
Item Name        Component                 Failure
 & Number          Function             .     Mode

Sanitary Equip-    Provide facilities for dis-  Overflowing or pipe
ment              posing waste and sewage   failure.
 151210000        for personnel and opera-
                  tions such as laboratories,
                  cleaning operations,
                  drains.

Human           Provide work environments Conditions hindering
Engineering      which foster effective proce- human performance.
 15122000  •      dures, work patterns, and
                 personnel safety and which
                 minimize discomfort,
                 distraction,  and any other
                 factors which degrade human
                 performance or increase
                 error.  The design should
                 minimize personnel and
                 training requirements within
                 limits of time, costs,  and
                 performance trade-offs.
                                                                                 Failure
                                                                                  Effect

                                                                                 Contamination of water
                                                                                 unless located so as to
                                                                                 prevent contamination.
                                                                                 Inefficient operation
                                                                                 and possible safety
                                                                                 hazards.
 Detection
  Means

 Inspection to check
 flow paths and dis-
 tance removed from
.system operations.
 Inspection of facilities
 to assure space and
 environment suitable
 for man to work in.
 Standardization of con-
 trols, labeling, and
 arrangement are com-
 mon functions '.o look
 for. Alarm systems.
 Fail-safe devices for
 hazardous operations.
 Location and arrange-
 ment suitable for man
 to work in to maintain
 the system.
 Remarks   .

Proper design dictates
that sanitary facilities
be designed so that
failures will not cause
water contamination.
Many s.ubjective attributes
can be used to measure the
human engineering aspects
of a system: clearances,
location of controls within
easy reach and with room
to operate, standard controls,
safety devices, alarms,
fail-safe devices, etc.
                                                                     Figure I-10.(Continued)
-------
                                                                                                                                        (sheet  3  of 6)
                    Item Name: Perform Preventive Maintenance
                    Item Number: 15210000
                                  Operate and Maintain Equipment 15200000, Provide Services 15000000
Oi
 Item Name        Component
  & Number          Function

 Schedule          Provide a checklist for
  15211000         guiding, planning,  and
                   following the performance
                   of maintenance designed
                   to prevent equipment
                   failure and enhance
                   efficient system operation.

 Labor             Personnel to perform pre-
  15212000         ventive maintenance tasks.
                   This may be determined
	              by the makeup of plant
                   equipment and the  require-
                   ments for maintaining
                   equipment.

 Instructions       Provide easy to read  step
  15213000         by step procedures for per-
                   forming maintenance  in a
                   form usable and available
                   to personnel. The  instruc-
                   tions should state person-
                   nel skill levels required
                   to perform the  maintenance
                   tasks.
                                                                  Failure
                                                                  Mode

                                                                No  schedule or records
                                                                to provide check of main-
                                                                tenance performed.
                                                                 Lack of training and
                                                                 experience with equip-
                                                                 ment.  Lack of certi-
                                                                 fication.
                                                                Instructions not avail-
                                                                able, not easy to follow,
                                                                not easily handled when
                                                                performing maintenance.
Failure
 Effect
Detection
 Means
Possible neglect to per- Check for schedule and
form all maintenance    record keeping to
which should be done    ensure all maintenance
resulting in higher prob- is being performed.
abilities of system
degradation and failure.
Possibility of poor
maintenance and
induced equipment
failures.
Possible neglect to
perform maintenance
in correct manner
leading to higher
probability of system
degradation and failure.
The possibility of
creating safety hazards
exists.
Check length of
experience of main-
tenance personnel,
amount of training
received,  and skill
levels achieved.
                        Remarks

                        This is subjective
                        since the adequacy
                        of a preventive
                        maintenance pro-
                        gram must also be
                        examined.
The skill titles may
be those listed in the
U. S. Department of
Labor Dictionary of
Occupational Titles.
Check for availability
of instructions, intelligi-
bility,  and ease of using
when performing main-
tenance.  Are equipment
manuals available?
                                                                      Figure I-l'O.(ContinUed)
-------
 i
en
01
              Iterr. Name:  Perform Corrective Maintenance
              Item Number:   15220000
                             Operate and Maintain  Equipment 15200000,  Provide Services 15000000
              Item Name
              & Number

              Labor
              15221000
             Instructions
              15222000
 Component
  Function

Personnel to perform
corrective maintenance.
This may be determined
by the makeup of plant
equipment,  probability
of failure, and equipment
complexity.

Same as 15213000
 Failure
  Mode

Lack of  training,
experience, or skills to
perform maintenance.
Lack of  certification-
Failure
 Ki'fcct

Possibility of poor
maintenance  leading to
recurring and induced
equipment failure.
Detection
 Means
                                                                                                                                    (sheet 4 of 6)
                        Remarks
Check experience and
skill levels of person-
nel.  Are they sent to
training schools?
What amount of training Titles.
received and skill
levels achieved?
The skill titles may be
those used in the U.S.
Department of Labor
Dictionary of Occupational
                                                                    Figure I-10  (Continued)
-------
             Item Name:  Operate Equipment
             Item Number:  15230000
                           Operate and Maintain Equipment 15200000. Provide Services 15000000
                                                                                                                                          (sheet 5  of 6)
 i
Ol
             Item Name
             & Number

             Control Equip-
             ment
             15231000
             Monitoring
             Equipment
             15232000
            Alarm System
             15233000
            Operating
            Schedule
             15234000
 Component
  Function

Provide control system
motive power (pneumatic,
hydraulic,  electrical).
Provide control and
monitoring displays for
operating the system:
dial indicators, record-
ers,   lights, meters,
gages, etc.

Provide alarms for
critical and hazardous
operations to alert
operators to occurrence
of failure or ha/.ard.
Such areas include
chlorine room monitoring,
Cl2 tank weight, fluoride
monitoring, tank levels,
power source, fire, etc.

Provide sequence of
operation of system (e.g.,
minimum load, avg load,
full capacity), rotation
of equipment,  correlation
to preventive maintenance
requirements.
 Failure
  Mode

Failure of control of
motive power.
Failure                 Detection
 Effect                   Means

Failure of remote       Alarms.
controls, manual con-
trol becomes necessary.
Failure of instrumentation
may cause operator to
make a control error.
Lack of alarms.
Lack of schedule.
Mnloperation of system;  Comparative Instru-
loss in water treatment  mentation to check
capacity.                instrument perfor-
                        mance.
                          fla/.ards to water
                          contamination and to
                          personnel safety.
 Remarks

Control systems should
have redundancies built in
for high failure rate equip-
ment.

Operating instructions should
provide for procedures to com-
pare various process  readings
which would provide check on
instrument performance.
                        Inspection of system
                        to determine hazardous
                        areas and  presence or
                        absence of alarms.
Operation of system in   Doea schedule exist ?
an inefficient manner or  Are records kept?
possible early degrada-
tion of portion of system
due to over-operation and
under-maintenance.
                                                                        'Proper sequential operation
                                                                         and rotation of equipment
                                                                         leads to equipment
                                                                         longevity.
                                                                        Figure I-10 (Continued)
-------
                   Item Name: Operate Equipment
                   Item Number:  15230000
                                   Operate and Maintain Equipment 15200000, Provide Services 15000000
                                                                                                                                        (sheet 6  of  6)
                   Item Name
                    & Number

                   Operating Labor
                    15235000
 I
Ul
Operating
Instructions
 15236000
                   Component
                    Function
                           Failure
                            Moile
                  Personnel to operate sys-   Lack of training, experi-
                  tem.  Determine by system  encc,  skills,  or certi-
                  clesign and requirements in  fication'of operators.
                  emergencies.
Provide easy to read step
by step procedures for
operating the system in
all operating modes from
low capacity to full
capacity  and emergency
control.
Instructions not avail-
able,  not posted,  not
easily obtained when
needed.
                          Failure
                           Effect

                          Possible maloperation
                          of system. Possible
                          poor operation leading
                          to early wearout and
                          induced equipment
                          failure.
Possible failure of
water system to meet
quality and demand
requirements.
                        Detection
                         Means

                        Check experience,
                        skills, certification.
                        Are operators sent
                        to specialized
                        training? What
                        training  and experi-
                        ence achieved ?
Are operating instruc-
tions available to
operators? Are they
simple and straight-
forward? Are they
within the operators
watch station? Do they
cover all operational
modes including
emergency procedures ?
                                                                                                    Remarks

                                                                                                   The skill titles may
                                                                                                   be those used by the
                                                                                                   U. S. Department of
                                                                                                   Labor Dictionary
                                                                                                   of Occupational Titles.
An evaluation of plant
operation in relation
to operator training
and experience may be
required to rate this.

A qualitative evaluation
may  be necessary to
determine if the
instructions are
followed  if available.
                                                                      Figure I--10 (Continued)
-------